#alltreasuremembers

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 42)

Chapter 42 - The Trio

Word count: 4.3k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

“Oh my god,” you groaned as you cover your face with your hands, whilst Yedam still had his phone camera directed towards you and Junkyu.

“Aww don’t be shy. You both look really good,” Yedam said in his cooing tone.

“Yedam? What are you doing here? Are you alone?” Junkyu asked, ignoring the fact that you were trying to hide from embarrassment from the younger member.

At this point you were already hiding behind Junkyu, giving death glares towards Yedam, to which he giggled at as he finally kept his phone in his pocket.

Yedam approaches the both of you, casually walking with his hands in his pants’ pocket.

“Nah, I was with some of the rest. I was coincidentally walking ahead of them and somehow reached here.”

“How did you know we were here? No one else knew of our date plans,” Junkyu prodded further. 

“What?” Yedam chuckled. “That’s crazy! I have zero idea that you’d both be here. I was passing by this area when I overheard a group of elder ladies gossiping about a lewd behaviour happening in the bedroom departments.”

Both you and Junkyu turned red upon hearing this. You squeezed Junkyu’s arm, silently panicking if anyone even recognised your boyfriend being the one involved with the ‘lewd behaviour’ in a public space.

“I mean, I was just curious on what they meant by lewd behaviour so I hurried to see if I could catch a glimpse,” Yedam shrugged as he explained further. “Imagine my surprise to see you being on top of Junkyu-hyung, Y/n!” he started laughing at this.

“H-hey! That’s not fair! How’d you even know it was us? It could’ve been any other couple you know,” you argued back.

“Oh come on, Y/n,” Yedam smirked. “Junkyu-hyung concealing his identity was already good enough, but what makes you think I can’t recognise you anywhere?”

You pout at this. He was right. And the reason you didn’t disguise yourself enough was because you were confident that no one would recognise you since you’re not a celebrity or anything. Besides, if you had been in full disguise alongside Junkyu, wouldn’t people sense that the both of you might be some sort of celebrity couple on a date?

And speaking of disguises…

“Hey wait a minute– you’re not in disguise Yedam,” you realised. You hurried over towards him to pull him behind Junkyu as well, hiding the both of you from the passing people.

“Yah…you both…I’m not some shield for you both to hide behind of, you know,” Junkyu stated, as he rubbed his temples.

“Oh. He’s right.” You said back. “Quick! Do something to conceal your identity!” you ordered Yedam, sounding like his manager now.

Yedam placed his hand on your head, patting it gently, “Aigoo. You worry too much, Y/n. Besides, I’m already in disguise, silly,”

You felt your eyebrow twitch at what he said. How can he call that a disguise?? The only difference he had than his usual appearance was that he had put on a pair of glasses on his face and he somehow pushed his hair back whilst wearing a black curved headband,

What makes him think no one would recognise him?? 

You shake your head at him, “Okay fine. If you say so.”

“Oh?” Suddenly you heard Junkyu say. “Hyunsuk-hyung, Junghwan,”

Yedam and you both peeked out your heads from behind Junkyu, noticing that Hyunsuk and Junghwan was making their way towards the three of you.

“Ah, so it was indeed you, Junkyu-aa” Hyunsuk smiled as he approached you all. “I thought that it looked like you, but I didn’t want to risk calling out your name,”

“Oh, hello hyung. What brings you here?”

“I was just accompanying Junghwan here to get himself a new study table. Somehow he needed a new one,” 

Junghwan nods and smiled as he looked around. “Oh? I thought you’re supposed to be on a date today, hyung. Where’s Y/n-noona?”

“Yeah, what brings you here? I…didn’t expect you both to be dating here,” Hyunsuk adds.

“Well…if you’re both looking for Yedam, he’s behind me with my date,” Junkyu points out with his thumb. He didn’t even bother to answer their questions, he just wanted to have them bring Yedam with them so he could resume his date with you.

Hyunsuk and Junghwan moved to see behind where Junkyu was standing, and surely enough, you and Yedam were crouched on the floor, discussing something with serious looks on both your faces, the both of you speaking in low voices at each other.

“Uhh, what are you both doing?” Hyunsuk asked, not understanding why the both of you were crouching behind Junkyu, whilst Junkyu himself simply stood there like a lamp post, not moving at all.

If anything, this scene was hilarious to Hyunsuk, but he manages to keep himself from laughing at what was going on in front of him.

“Shh Y/n is cutting me a deal right now,” Yedam said as he put a finger to his mouth to signal his hyung not to interrupt.

Hyunsuk shakes his head and ignores Yedam. “Come on Y/n, you’re wearing a skirt right now so I think it’s best if you don’t stay here crouching,” he said as he turns to you now.

“Oh, right. How inappropriate of me. Sorry,” you said as you hurriedly stood up.

Yedam too, stood up from his pose.

“Noona, hello!” Junghwan greeted you happily as soon as he sees you making eye contact with him.

“Oh, hi Junghwan,” you smiled. “And hello the rest of yous. I totally forgot to say hi, didn’t I?” you flash them an apologetic smile.

“It’s fine,” Hyunsuk smiles back at you. “So, you both shopping here?”

“Yeah. It wasn’t planned though. We kind of had an emergency so we switched up our date a little,” 

“Ahh I see,” Hyunsuk nods.

“What a coincidence, noona! I also needed to get a new study table, so I asked for Jihoon-hyung to accompany me here,” Junghwan beamed as he said this. “This must be fate, huh? Bumping into you here,”

You smiled at the maknae, feeling his good energy literally channeling towards all of you. Junghwan is such a good little brother, and he’s always so nice, you thought to yourself.

“Oh? Jihoon-hyung is here too?” Junkyu asked when he heard Junghwan mentioning his best friend’s name.

“Ah, oh no. He was supposed to be here but he’s got food poisoning so he called me to go with Junghwan instead.” Hyunsuk explained.

“Yeah. Hyunsuk-hyung was supposed to go to Lotte World with the rest but he went here with me instead,” Junghwan said apologetically, probably feeling bad for robbing his hyung from a fun trip with the others.

“Aw no, it’s okay. It’s not like I’ve never been there,” the leader chuckled as he pats the maknae’s head.

“Whoa. Everyone else went to Lotte World??” your eyes widened in amazement the moment Junghwan mentioned the theme park.

Yedam, Junghwan, Hyunsuk and Junkyu all exchanged glances with each other, noting that your eyes somehow sparkled when asking about the place.

“Wow, I heard they have really yummy desserts there, oh wow I really need to ask the rest to share me pictures later on,” you continued after Junghwan nods at your question earlier.

You were already whipping your phone out of your bag, ready to send spam texts to your friends. You haven’t been to Lotte World and you were hoping to go there one day so you wanted to really plan out what to do and where to eat and all that so that you could allocate how much to put aside for your spendings.

Yedam nudged Junkyu, silently mouthing to his hyung, “I told you she’s always wanted to go there,”

Junkyu lets out a sigh, making a mental note to just bring you there himself in the future. 

“Anyways,” Junkyu spoke up, gaining your attention as you looked up from your phone. “Did they all went to the theme park? Or was there anyone staying back with Jihoon-hyung?”

“Aww look at you worrying about Jihoon-hyung,” Yedam answered. “Nah, Doyoung and Mashiho-hyung stayed at home with him. The rest all went to Lotte though.”

“That’s good to hear,” Junkyu said in relief. It would be crazy to leave their leader all alone when he’s sick, he thought.

“Oh? But wait– I know I’m here to get a new study table, but why are you both here?” Junghwan pauses as he looks around. “And why are you both at the bedroom section??”

Hyunsuk too suddenly wondered out of curiosity. Both him and Junghwan waited for an answer from either you or Junkyu but before you could open your mouth to respond, Yedam jumped in to answer them instead.

“I don’t know much about why Y/n and Junkyu-hyung are here but I do have something juicy to show you both,” Yedam grinned as he pulls out his phone.

“Ah wait! Yedam, I thought we had a deal!” you whined.

“I’m sorry, but this is really important for me to show them,” he winked at you before pulling both the leader and maknae aside with him as he showed them the video he took of you and Junkyu on the bed earlier.

You sighed to yourself and turned to Junkyu. “Not fair. We had a really good deal too,” you mumbled beside your boyfriend.

Junkyu smiled as he pats your head. “What deal did you make?”

“Well– he offered to delete the video and not tell anyone about what we did if I come over to do chores at their dorm for a week,” you shrugged. “Well, he can kiss that deal goodbye now,”

Both you and Junyku heard the trio gasp and fuss over the video a few feet away from you both.

“Gasp! What the– wait, hold on, replay it again!”

“I know Y/n-noona is older than Junkyu-hyung but I would never imagine her to be this daring,”

“No, wait, let me zoom on them closer— see that?? Look at how she’s staring at him omg,”

You rolled your eyes at them even though you know they weren’t looking at you. This was why you wanted Yedam to delete the video. You know they would fuss over it like a flock of birds fussing over a piece of worm.

And in your defense, it’s not like what happened between you and Junkyu was THAT scandalous, you know?

“Hey, come on guys, don’t dwell on it that much. Nothing happened anyways. Y/n got pushed and accidentally fell on top of me, that’s all, really” Junyku tried to explain.

The three of them turned to look at the both of you, nodding to themselves and then approaching you both again.

“Well, if you say so. Y/n, I know we’re of the same age but let’s admit it– I’d never be brave enough to do what you did,” Hyunsuk jokes, grinning when he sees you pouting and glaring at him in response. 

“Eyyy let’s not embarrass Y/n-noona like this,” Junghwan said, defending you. Although he himself was still smiling cheekily at you and Junkyu.

“Okay guys, cut it out, Y/n is embarrassed enough,” Junkyu said, smiling a little because he was actually kind of enjoying your reaction at being teased.

“Okay, okay. We’ll move on.” Yedam said. “So? I’m assuming that one of you is looking for a bed then?”

“Yeah. We’re shopping for Y/n today. She had a bed emergency,”

“Aww, what happened to your bed, noona?”

“Well, the bed kind of broke so…” you answered.

You were about to explain that the bed was a freebie from the landlord since the day you moved into your place and it was already old by then so the bottom breaking was expected in your point of view but then Yedam and Junghwan were no longer listening in on your explanation the moment you mentioned about your bed breaking.

Yedam and Junghwan exchanged looks with one another before grinning at their Junkyu-hyung.

“Wow Junkyu-hyung. We didn’t expect Y/n’s bed to break that easily,” Yedam smirked.

“Wha–? Weren’t you both listening? Y/n just said that her bed was old–” 

Junkyu didn’t manage to finish his sentence since both the younger members had already dragged him to the side, dialing on their phones to call the other members to share with them the revelation they discovered about their Junkyu-hyung today.

You watched as the three of them fuss over about your broken bed, again, few feet away from you.

“Hm, they weren’t really listening to what I was saying, were they?” you sighed, crossing your arms.

“Well, you had them at the part where you mentioned your bed being broken,” Hyunsuk grinned at you.

“Yeah, but it broke because it was old. There’s nothing to make fun of about it. I mean, what else could they think would’ve made the bed broke—” you stopped yourself when you realised what the younger members could have thought of.

You couldn’t even finish your sentence as you paused, not moving an inch. You felt your cheeks heating up. They couldn’t have thought that the reason your bed broke was because you and Junkyu did that, no??

Hyunsuk noticed you tensing up and falling silent, to which he understood that you could’ve felt embarrassed of what you were about to say. He immediately wraps his arm around your shoulder, pulling you close to his side.

“Hey, hey now. They’re just teasing. You know how they are when it comes to Junkyu. Well, Junkyu and you. You both are their favourite couple to tease now. It’s not like they have any other couples to tease on, right?” Hyunsuk said.

You ease yourself into Hyunsuk’s hold, no longer tensed out about what the kids were teasing about.

‘’You’re right. I shouldn’t get too worked up about this,” you chuckled, your head looking down. 

“Exactly.” Hyunsuk smiled, his hand gently patting your head.

You lift your head up to look at him now, “Okay but just to be clear– Junkyu and I haven’t done anything like that, okay? I mean, we’re still new in this relationship too, so–”

“It’s okay, Y/n. And even if you guys did, you guys are a couple. It’s not like the rest of us have the right to tell you both what to do and not do,” 

You sighed. “I know. I just…” you shake your head. “Thanks for being so supportive, Hyunsuk. You’re such a sweet friend,” you smiled softly at him, as you rest your head against his shoulder.

Hyunsuk hummed in response to what you said, pulling you closer to him, his hand gently caressing your hair.

After 10 seconds of letting you lean against him, Hyunsuk gently taps your head, telling you to save your boyfriend now.

“That’s enough of our time together, Y/n. Your boyfriend probably needs saving now,” he chuckles as you lift your head from his shoulder. 

You looked over not far from the both of you, Junkyu, Yedam and Junghwan all still going over some kind of debate. You could clearly see how Yedam and Junghwan were enjoying their ganging up on Junkyu since Junkyu’s facial expressions showed him all exasperated from explaining that he wasn’t the reason your bed broke.

You turned to look at Hyunsuk, him doing the same to you. “Well, that was nice small talk, Hyunsuk. I’m glad we ran into each other today,” you smiled at him. “I’m gonna go save my man now,” 

You left Hyunsuk’s side and called out towards the younger boys, “Okay now, kiddos, Leave my boyfriend alone. He’s gonna be all traumatized if you guys keep teasing him like this,”

“Aww come on Y/n, why are you both denying it? We all know what went down between you two,” Yedam grinned, trying to drag you into his tease party.

“Nu uh, you’re not dragging me into this,” you shake your head. “Besides, don’t talk about this kind of stuff in front of Junghwan! He’s still a kid too, you know?”

“Noona, I’m a grown up too,” Junghwan pouted.

“But you’re our baby!” You argued back, to which Junkyu took advantage of hiding behind you, despite you being shorter than him.

“Aigoo, if only Jaehyuk-hyung and Jeongwoo hadn’t ended the video call with us earlier, we could’ve let them join in on making fun of you, Y/n” Yedam said.

“No way! You told them about my broken bed already??” You let out a sigh, “Oh my god, imagine how much clearing up I have to do now. Who else have you told this about, huh?”

Junkyu lowered down his stance and whispered in your ear to which you gasped out loud after hearing what he said. “Oh heck no, gimme your phone Yedam, it has too many evidence in there–”

Hyunsuk watches the four of you continue with all your teasing and bargains with one another, smiling to himself, feeling like a proud dad just watching over his kids fighting over a game.

He lifts his hand to shoulder, the one you leaned on earlier, letting his hand rest on it.

He was happy that he was able to talk to you casually, keeping you close to him like just now. He was also glad that he had the strength to ask you to leave his side and go back to your boyfriend because if he hadn’t done so…he knew he would’ve kept you close to him much longer and that would’ve been...wrong.

Hyunsuk takes in a deep breath, exhaling it all out, exhaling all his desire to want you be by his side alongside the breath he lets go of. 

Y/n…I love you so much…but I also love the fact that you’re so happy with Junkyu recently…Please, be happy always…okay?

Hyunsuk cleared his throat, still smiling as he approached the four of you now– “Okay everyone, that’s enough. Let’s get going already.”

***

IKEA (almost noon)

Junkyu and you walked side by side, hand in hand; casually strolling past the kids department now.

“How much further ‘til the checkout counters?” you asked the tall man beside you.

“Just a little more way down. We’re gonna pass through the giant shelves where they keep all the stocks and then a bit further than that we’ll reach the counters.”

“Ahh I see.” you looked around, scanning to see if there’s anything that might catch your eye.

You wanted to get something for the other boys as well, thinking that you haven’t given them anything throughout your friendship with them.

Not that they would require you to give them gifts though– you know that. But still, you’d like to at least give them something in return for their kindness to you all these while.

“Oh?” you stopped in your tracks when you saw the piled-up plushies in the corner. “Oh, there! Can we stop by there, Kyu?” you pointed out with your finger.

Junkyu looked over to where you were pointing at, grinning right after realising that despite your somewhat mature exterior, you still have some kiddy side inside you. 

“Sure, let’s.” he smiled at you.

As soon as the both of you were headed towards the plushies section, you both heard Junghwan calling out from behind– “Aw hey! They’re heading towards the plushies! I want to go see that section too,”

Both you and Junkyu turn around at the same time, instantly meeting eyes with the trio from earlier.

“Uhh, I thought you guys left earlier? What are you all doing here?” you asked.

“Yeah, are you all…following me and Y/n??”

“What? No, no! It was just a coincidence! We parted ways but somehow we ended up in this area, and coincidentally the both of you were walking in front of us so,” Hyunsuk explained, an apologetic look on his face.

You exchanged glances with Junkyu briefly before turning back to look at your friends. “Hmm. I guess we could all just walk together. Since we’re all here, you know?” you shrug.

“Yay! Let’s go look at the plushies, noona!” Junghwan cheered as he pulled you along with him, leaving his hyungs.

“But…we’re on a date…” Junkyu said quietly. 

Hyunsuk heard this, and so he walks up towards the younger boy and pats his back. “Sorry man, we’ll leave right after we get Junghwan’s stuff, aight?”

“Yeah, hyung. We didn’t mean to barge in on your date,” Yedam adds.

“No no, it’s fine. Let’s just head over to them. Y/n seems happy anyways,”Junkyu responds softly, a small smile forming on his lips as he watches you and Junghwan laughing together, picking up each one of the plushies and showing it to one another.

***

After running around and exploring each of the departments available at the place, the boys and you were already headed towards the checkout counters. 

Junghwan lined up behind you with his box of study table in his hands.

“You sure you don’t want to pay along with us, Hwannie? We can have the items delivered together,” you offered, as Junkyu helped you scan the barcode on the giant box of the bed frame you chose, along with the heavy roll of your mattress.

Junghwan shakes his head, “Nah, it’s fine noona. I’ll just do checkout on my own,”

“Okay then.” you turned to face Junkyu again, checking the self-checkout screen if all of the items have been scanned. 

“Hmm, are you sure these chocolates are enough for the boys? Maybe I should get them something else too?” you asked your boyfriend, worried that the rest of your Treasure friends would not be satisfied with what you got them.

“Aww they’ll be okay with whatever you get them, Y/n. Besides, the Ikea chocolates taste good too,” Junkyu assured you.

You narrowed your eyes at him. “I didn’t know you eat their chocolates too,”

“Yeah, you had some in your fridge, remember? I just took a piece to try it, and well, it’s not too bad,” he shrugs.

You gave his arm a light squeeze, “Hm. So you’re eating chocolates from my fridge now,”

Junkyu smiles at you, his head tilting as he stares at your face with a dreamy gaze.

You too, caught yourself hypnotized with his eyes, allowing yourself to stare back at him.

“Oh god, just hurry up will ya?” the both of you heard a voice groaning.

Both you and Junkyu snapped out of your trances and turned to see Yedam, beside Junghwan, his phone in his hand just like earlier today.

“Gosh Yedam, one of these days I might as well steal your phone from you,” you scowled at him.

Yedam grinned in return as he lowers his phone, “Heh. Come on Y/n, you know the both of you are our source of entertainment now, right?”

You rolled your eyes at him. “Sure, sure,” you turn back to Junkyu, noticing that he has already made the payment with his card. 

“Oh? Junkyu, you didn’t have to pay for the whole thing–”

“I’m gonna go send the bed frame and mattress to the delivery counter, okay? I’ve already set the delivery to tonight by the way. So you can just hang on to the stuff we bought for the rest, okay?” he smiles as he says this.

“Ah, uh, sure,” you walked forward, gathering the chocolate bars and the plushy into your small shopping bag. 

“I’ll be right back,” Junkyu said, before leaning in to kiss you on your cheek.

You were taken aback by this, the fact that your boyfriend actually kissed you in public. 

You noticed Junkyu’s complexion turning red, as he backed away from you and pushed the trolley towards the delivery counter.

You raised your hand to your cheek, feeling his kiss still lingering on your skin.

“Noona, how do we pick the delivery date again?” Junghwan asked you, him facing the checkout screen.

You turn around and move closer to him and help him with the delivery details before he finally manages the payment on his own.

“Thanks noona,” he said after he’s settled with his purchase.

“You’re welcome. Aigoo our boy’s doing his own shopping. What a grown up you are, hwannie,” you couldn’t help but to coo at the young boy in front of you. 

“What are you saying, noona? Of course I’m a grown up too, like the rest of the hyungs,” he blushes, thinking that it’s ridiculous how much you baby him despite him being in high school already.

You shake your head at him and smiled, “Aigoo nooo don’t say that. Don’t grow up too fast,”

Junghwan pulls you close to him and wraps an arm around your shoulder. “Look at how tall I am compared to you, noona. How can you tell me not to grow up,” he giggles as he says this.

You were about to respond to Junghwan when you heard Yedam speaking up from behind the both of you. “Okay, okay. Break it up, you both. Junghwan better get his table to the delivery counter now. I see a line forming over there,” Yedam said as he points at the line of people, Junkyu too, standing in the line with his trolley in front of him.

“Ah. Yedam’s right. You should go, Junghwan,” you agreed.

“Okay. I’ll see you guys at the entrance outside?” Junghwan said before leaving with his box of study table in his hand.

“Oh! You know what, we forgot to tell Junkyu-hyung that we’ll all gather at the entrance,” Yedam said.

“Oh right! I’ll just text him—” you said as you reach for your phone in your bag but then Yedam had beat you to it.

“Nah, I don’t think Junkyu-hyung would check his phone when he’s lining up. I’ll go and let him know. The both of you just go ahead and wait outside at the entrance,” Yedam said to you and Hyunsuk, sounding more like an order rather than an offer actually.

“B-but—” you voiced out but Yedam was already walking away from you and Hyunsuk.

The both of you turned to look at each other. 

“Well…I guess we’ll just go to the entrance then?” Hyunsuk suggests.

“I guess.” you shrug. “Let’s go then,” 

To be continued…

#sandwichrin #aliy #treasure #treasure fanfic #ygtreasure #treasure members #all treasure members #treasuremembers #alltreasuremembers #kim junkyu #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #teufic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 39)

Chapter 39 - The Good Friend

Word count: 4.4k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello~ Here’s the next chapter <3 Also, I picked the title of this chapter as ‘The Good Friend’ because in this chapter we can see some characters portraying their traits of being a good friend T^T </3 hope you all like this one! 

Y/n’s Apartment (Y/n’s bedroom)

Hyunsuk knocks on the door a couple times before letting himself in, not waiting for an answer before he does so.

He’s here for a reason. And he wants to fix this up right away.

You didn’t deserve to cry over a man you’re in love with; he thought. Not when he had backed away and gave you up for this ‘man’, which is also his own friend.

If Hyunsuk had it his way…he’d wanted to be the one confronting you. The one to comfort you. But he didn’t want his heart to hurt any further.

He was already beginning to accept the fact that you’d never see him the way you see Junkyu, but seeing the both of you fight like that– even when the both of you were so new to the relationship?? It only made him feel like he deserves to be the one loving and treating you better.

Hyunsuk tries to shake the thought out of his head, not wanting to take his own friend’s lover away. 

Hyunsuk closes the door behind him, seeing Junkyu sitting on the end of your bed.

The younger boy’s eyes looked up at his leader’s figure standing near the door.

“Oh. I thought Y/n came back already,” Junkyu said.

Hyunsuk lets out a heavy sigh. “Junkyu…”

“Yes, I get it! I messed up again. Every single time. I tried hyung, I really did. But…it’s just so hard to understand her!” Junkyu huffs, tearing up at the thought of how he made you cry again this time around.

“Junkyu…don’t beat yourself too much about it. It’ll work out,” Hyunsuk assured him.

“How? I…I don’t want to lose her hyung! But she’s just…so confusing! We’ve fought about the same thing the whole day today and I’m already so tired out. What if this happens every other day? I don’t think I can put up with this–”

“Stop right there, Junkyu,” Hyunsuk interrupts, before Junkyu could say any more. He didn’t want Junkyu to back away from what he’s had with you already. 

That would break you, and Hyunsuk would never want to regret losing you to someone who wouldn’t fight to hold onto you.

Junkyu fell quiet, waiting for his hyung to continue his words.

“Listen. I don’t know what got you both into this huge fight but I can’t have you freaking out and sounding as if you’re done with this relationship already. Not like this. Y/n doesn’t deserve this. You know that too,”

“I can’t date someone who’s reluctant in admitting herself as mine, hyung. I’d admit being hers any time of the day– heck, if we go official one day, I’d be proud to let the world know that I have someone as amazing as her as my girlfriend,” Junkyu sighs.

Me too, I’d be proud as well, to have someone like Y/n as my girlfriend; was what Hyunsuk wanted to say, but he knew better than to push this onto his friend.

Instead, he took a moment to try to understand what he remembered from the fight he watched earlier on.

“Hmm…say Junkyu…” he began to say after giving it some thought.

“Yeah, hyung?”

“The fight the both of you had…about your relationship status…just to get clarification– when did the both of you start being a couple?”

“It was right after we all got back from Haenam,” Junkyu shrugs.

“Huh. And just when did you ask Y/n to be your girlfriend?”

“Huh?? What do you mean ‘ask’? It just happened that way. We started seeing each other in secret and then we did all those couple stuff, we said ‘i love you’ to each other– doesn’t that make us a couple enough already??” Junkyu asks, dumbfounded by his hyung’s question.

“Oh my god Kim Junkyu. Is that why you kept telling Y/n that you both are a couple, just because you’re doing coupley stuff?? You never asked her to be your girlfriend? Not even a gesture in asking her to be one??”

“Wait, what? I have to ask her??”

Hyunsuk facepalms himself. Obviously this is new to Junkyu, but he didn’t expect his friend to not know the basics at all. At least this was what he had learned from K-Dramas. 

“No, man! Dating and asking a girl to be your girlfriend are two separate things! I mean, sure, it seems the same to me too, but I’ve seen it in K-dramas back then. It’s like, you first date out to try and figure out if you’d both make a good couple or not and then if you want to take it to another level; much more serious– in which you claimed Y/n to be ‘yours’, you should’ve asked Y/n to be your girlfriend,” Hyunsuk explained.

Junkyu lets out a groan. “Whyyyy. Why do they make it so difficult like this,”

Hyunsuk shrugs. “Beats me. It doesn’t always have to be that way, but seeing Y/n making a big deal about all this just shows how much she expects your relationship with her to go through a certain process before she can confidently admit that the both of you are an official couple.”

“Maybe…maybe Y/n just wants assurance? She wants to know if you’re in it for real? Besides, you are a kpop star, you know? And she isn’t one. She’s probably just insecure that you’re just trying out this relationship thing with her but not wanting to commit to her,” Hyunsuk continued, trying to put up a reasoning for your reaction during the fight earlier today.

Junkyu pushes his hair to the back, letting out a long sigh. Maybe his Hyunsuk-hyung was right. You did ask him several times about the girlfriend status when the both of you discussed your relationship status the other day. You kept asking the same thing to him, almost as if you were dissatisfied with his answer of the both of you simply dating and being a couple which had meant literally the same in his book of knowledge.

Hyunsuk watched as his friend kept quiet, his expression showing he was thinking deeply about what he had advised.

Junkyu being quiet made Hyunsuk remember how he saw you cry in the kitchen just now. If it had been in a different situation, if he had it his way, he wanted to pull you into his arms and just cuddle you up close to him. He had wanted to wipe your tears off your pretty face, and whisper to you how everything would get better and that you didn’t deserve to cry over such a silly fight. 

But Hyunsuk respects both you and Junkyu. Which was also why he chose to confront Junkyu instead of going after you. 

Because he knew he could never confront you the same as he did to Junkyu. After all, he was still in love with you. 

If he had gone after you, he knew he would’ve made a bigger mistake in re-confessing his feelings to you– even worse; he could’ve asked you to leave Junkyu for him.

Hyunsuk shuddered at how selfish his thoughts were. He tried to push them away from his head when he noticed Junkyu raising his head to look at him now.

“Hey hyung…”

“Yeah Junkyu?”

“What…should I do now? I…really don’t want to lose Y/n,” Junkyu said, his voice slow.

“Well…you only have to do one simple thing, really,” 

***

Y/n’s Apartment (Kitchen)

After Hyunsuk and Jihoon had left to go after you and Junkyu, the kitchen was left with the remaining Treasure members, all a little lost on what they’re supposed to do right now.

Asahi and Jeongwoo were still by Junghwan’s side, comforting him as he thought he was the one that had made both you and Junkyu fight earlier.

“I don’t know if it’s really the Haenam air or anything else that’s made everyone act up this way,” Haruto sighs as he leans against one of the countertops.

“Hm? What do you mean by that?” Yedam asks.

“Didn’t any of y’all notice? After these hyungs came back from Haenam, they’ve all started behaving weirdly. I mean, even Yoshi-hyung noticed this,”

“Okay but in my defense I came back fine,” Jaehyuk defended himself as he raised both his hands.

Haruto shrugs, “Huh, you’re right. Only Jaehyuk-hyung seems to come back just the way he is. The rest? They’re all acting weird,”

“Really? I haven’t noticed much about Junkyu and Hyunsuk-hyung…” Doyoung wondered aloud.

“Maybe it’s ‘cause you both live in the same dorm with Hyunsuk and Junkyu-hyung so that’s why the rest of us barely noticed the change in their behaviours,” Mashiho joined on the conversation as he stirred the half-cooked vegetables in the pan even though he had switched off the fire before.

“Maybe…” Haruto responded.

“Did…Jihoon-hyung act differently after coming back from Haenam?” Yoshi asks this time.

“Well…” Mashiho stops stirring the veggies and turns to face the rest of the room as he tries to think of any weird incidents that might have happened in his dorm.

“I don’t think so? Jihoon-hyung seems fine, no? Sure, he’s all strange and funny in the dorms but nothing was out of the ordinary,” Jeongwoo answered.

“I guess. I haven’t seen Jihoon-hyung acting like how you guys described Junkyu and Hyunsuk-hyung. If anything, Jihoon-hyung came back quite normal like how Jaehyuk-hyung did I think,” Doyoung added.

“Well…there’s that too,” Mashiho suddenly said.

“That…?” Doyoung and Jeongwoo asked at the same time, both of them furrowing their eyebrows.

“I don’t know if this is weird but Jihoon-hyung played that Yoo Jae Ha song on repeat for two days in a row after he got back from Haenam,” Mashiho shrugs.

“Huh…well…I think that’s fairly normal? I’ve heard him play that song on repeat a couple times this year too. I think it’s in his regular playlist or something,” Jeongwoo says, as he shrugs as well.

“I guess so. I think I remember him playing that song on repeat too, even way before he went to Haenam. Heck, he does it like that on some days so I’m guessing it’s just his random Yoo Jae Ha moments?” Doyoung says, his arms crossed against his chest.

“Oh well, I guess then there’s nothing weird that’s happened in our dorms then,” Mashiho concludes.

“What about your dorm, Damie-hyung?” Doyoung asked as he turned to Yedam, who was standing not far from him.

“As you can see, Jaehyuk-hyung is the most normal person that came back from Haenam,” Yedam chuckled as he gestures towards Jaehyuk who was already smiling his whisker smile at the rest of them.

“See, that’s the thing. Did something happen in Haenam, hyung??” Haruto asks, his serious face staring at their hyung now.

“Don’t tell me it had something to do with that Dongyuk guy back in noona’s hometown,” Junghwan voiced out now as he remembered seeing a guy he didn’t know of when he was video-calling the hyungs back when you were all in Haenam.

“You mean, Dongyun?” Jaehyuk corrects him.

“Whatever, just as long as he didn’t cause all of these weirdness amongst our hyungs,” Junghwan huffs.

“Nah, I don’t think so. Well, to be honest, I did notice all the three hyungs acting kinda weird when I was in Haenam…There was that one time Hyunsuk and Jihoon-hyung came back from buying ice-cream but Hyunsuk-hyung was crying pretty badly,” Jaehyuk frowned to himself, thinking back on that particular day.

“Huh?? And you only thought of telling us this now??” Yedam asks.

“Hey– Jihoon-hyung told me Hyunsuk-hyung was crying because he dropped his ice-cream on the way back to Aunt Nari’s house– so technically I couldn’t have pushed further on this, can I?? Besides, that was the only vivid weird memory I had there. The whole time I was just having a good time,” Jaehyuk beams proudly thinking of the time he spent in your hometown.

Asahi smirks at this. “Yeah, I remember you singing about it the whole time as you were unpacking your luggage after you got back,”

“Eyy look at him, what kind of good time did you have over there to the point you’re the only one that came back normal,” Jeongwoo joined to tease the smiling hyung.

“Yeah well, I wouldn’t want to make you all jealous but–” he paused to stand up properly from his stance before continuing, “-- Aunt Nari was planning on making me Y/n’s future husband so–”

“EYYYYYYY,” the rest of the members in the kitchen stopped him from continuing his sentence.

“Look at this hyung, all delusional hahahaahah!” Jeongwoo laughs out loud.

Yedam too, shakes his head, “Good one, hyung. That really made us all laugh,” he laughed as well.

“Yeah, imagine competing with Junkyu-hyung!” Doyoung said as he laughed out loud along with everyone else in the room. 

***

Y/n and Treasure’s Apartment Block (Y/n’s floor)

Jihoon walked up slowly towards your figure that had been leaning against the rails at the end of your apartment floor.

It didn’t take him too long to find you, what with your dark pink cardigan being the only visible figure standing out at the end of your floor.

You heard footsteps approaching you, making you turn to see who it was.

Your teary eyes met Jihoon’s brown eyes that widened slightly at the sight of your crying face.

“Hey…” Jihoon said slowly as he stood on the spot next to you now.

“Not now, Jihoon. I’m in no mood to entertain your reckless teasings or naggings,” 

Jihoon rolled his eyes and placed his hand onto your head, to which you expected him to maybe bonk you like he usually does but to your surprise, he gently pats your head instead, making you grip your hands onto the rails tighter, hoping not to cry over his soft gesture towards you.

“How are you feeling right now?” He asks you, his tone gentle.

You blinked a couple times, letting the tears that were pooling your eyes flow down your cheeks before you wiped them off with the back of your hand. 

You sniffled and took a deep breath before responding to Jihoon. 

“I don’t know. I just…” you took another deep breath, “I’m just…so confused,” you finally said, your voice slightly whispering now.

Jihoon pulls his hand away from your head as he turns to face you, his back leaning against the rails as opposed to what you were doing.

Crossing his arms against his chest, he hummed slightly as he was thinking of what to say to you. It’s not like he’s ever comforted you before. He’s always been the one comforting and giving advice to Junkyu, which was why he was still surprised as to why Hyunsuk had chosen him to go after you.

You kept quiet as well, just staring ahead at the empty hallway across from where you’re standing. This time you had already stopped crying though, since you didn’t want to be a sobbing mess in front of Jihoon. As much as he’s being nice to you right now, you don’t trust him enough to not tease you if you start weeping again.

“What happened back there?,” Jihoon asks you suddenly.

“What do you mean what happened? You saw what happened,”

“Yeah but sometimes what you see isn’t entirely the whole story, you know,”

You huffed at what he said. Why does he have to sound so smart whenever he’s around you? 

“Well, Junkyu and I…we had a misunderstanding about our relationship status. That’s what happened,”

“Uhuh, sure,”

“I mean–” you continued, “Why is he so angry with me? It’s not like I’m not telling the truth. We are dating, we are a ‘couple’ he said, but why…why has he never addressed it properly in the first place?”

Jihoon stayed silent, wanting to let you vent first before he said anything.

“Why…has he never asked me to be his girlfriend…? Is he not serious with what we have? Why wouldn’t he…really tell me that he’s my boyfriend when we discussed it before this? He only started telling people I’m his girlfriend when Chani asked about it earlier too,”

“Am I…just a casualty? Maybe this is all just a mistake–”

Okay! Time to stop this girl from rambling nonsense! Jihoon immediately interrupts you, “Whoa, hold it there, princess. This is where I stop you from letting those negative insecurities you have from corrupting that pretty head of yours,”

You frowned at him.

“Aw come on, I said nice things about you, don’t give me that frown. The least you could do was smile at me when I said your head is pretty,” he grins playfully to which you respond with a deadpan frown still.

When Jihoon noticed that you weren’t gonna say anything further on since he had interrupted you, he took this as a chance to start speaking.

“You know, this fight that you both have? It’s such a small matter,”

You furrowed your eyebrows at what he said. It's as if he's trying to pick a fight with you; you thought. 

Jihoon held himself back from laughing when he noticed the confused frowning on your face. 

Jihoon continued, “It is! Why are you both making such a big deal about your relationship status? It's just a status you know? If you like each other, then that's good enough.” 

“Okay but I had that same thought, until people start asking if we are boyfriend or girlfriend and then the both of us would somehow end up giving different answers or well, we would fight over it,”

Jihoon raised an eyebrow at you.

“Okay fine, in this case, what happened in the kitchen earlier was me being the uncertain one in answering that stupid relationship status question,”

Jihoon chuckled at your confession. “See? You don’t need Junkyu to ask you to be his girlfriend, right? You know it yourself that he sees and treats you as one already,”

You turned around to lean against the rails as well just like how Jihoon was doing, crossing your arms against your chest.

“Gosh Jihoon, I feel sorry for your future girlfriend. She wouldn't be getting any girlfriend proposal from you I'm guessing,”

“Just worry about your relationship, silly girl. I'm not the one weeping over a mere relationship status,” 

You scowled at him, to which he smirks in response. 

“Fine, if you still think that this matter isn't small, just leave him then,” Jihoon said all of a sudden.

You were definitely surprised with what he said so you turned to look at him with your eyes wide.

Jihoon gives you a shrug as he stares back at you with a serious expression. “Do it. Leave him then. It's not like you considered yourself to be his girlfriend, right? Then it shouldn't be hard for you to back off from whatever you guys have.” 

You felt your lips quiver at what he said. The thought of losing Junkyu merely over this fight scares you. Is Jihoon crazy?? You wouldn't leave Junkyu over something so ridiculous, right??

Jihoon observes your reaction to what he said. He could tell that you were mortified by his words; to which he hoped you'd catch his hidden message of not letting something this small get in the way of you and Junkyu’s new-blooming love.

“Jihoon…w-what??” you stammered.

Jihoon leans in close to you, both of your faces centimeters apart, “Bet you couldn’t do it, can you?” he whispers.

You could feel your ears heat up just from how close he was leaning in towards your face, and the fact that you wanted to nag at this man that had suggested something so ridiculous.

“You’re right. I can’t leave him. I don’t want to,” you responded to his question firmly.

Jihoon stood up straight again, no longer breathing in your face. “Well then, there’s that. You both are together, a couple, regardless if it was official or not. See what I did there?” 

You shook your head, not getting what he was trying to say.

Jihoon rolled his eyes slightly at you. “Duhh, you couldn’t even ditch whatever you have with Junkyu because regardless of what basis your relationship is with him, there is something there, and you know it doesn’t matter what status you both share ‘cause by the end of it all– you both are in love with each other and wouldn’t back off from what you both have,” he explains.

You nod your head slowly, finally getting what he explained. Jihoon was right…why were you so worked up over whether Junkyu had asked you to be his girlfriend officially or not? The moments you both shared with each other…how he treats you…he was already portraying himself as a boyfriend to you. And that’s…good enough, no?

You let out a soft sigh, lifting your head to stare at the ceiling above as you leaned back against the rails behind you again.

Jihoon glanced over at you and did the same, his back leaning against the rails as well.

“Thanks Jihoon…” you said, your eyes still fixated on the plain white paint of the ceiling.

“You’re welcome, Y/n,”

The both of you kept quiet for a couple of minutes, both lost in your own respective thoughts.

And then suddenly you popped up a question for the tall guy beside you.

“Hey Jihoon, have you ever been in love? Or well, in a relationship?”

You waited for him to answer you but 2 minutes passed by and he was still quiet beside you. So you turned to look at him, his head still raised and staring up at the ceiling.

“Jihoon?” You called his name.

Jihoon lowered his head and turned to look at you. He looked like he had been thinking of something; you noticed.

“I-I mean, it’s okay if you don’t want to answer, really. I was just wondering–”

“I have,” he answered shortly, interrupting you.

Your eyebrows raised upon hearing his response. “Y-you have?”

Jihoon’s gaze was no longer on you now, instead, he was staring down at his shoes.

“Yeah. In love, yes. In a relationship, no.”

“Oh,”

The both of you kept quiet again. You couldn’t help but feel the air around you feel solemn now. And to be honest, this was also a rare moment you have with Jihoon. 

Jihoon rarely speaks to you in a serious way, he’s always teasing and making fun of you so having him speak to you this way, somehow feels foreign. It wasn’t a bad feeling, but it’s just so new for you to have him act this way around you.

“You’ve been in love?” You braved yourself to ask further, not sure if he wanted to share more though.

You heard him chuckle under his breath as his gaze still stays on his shoes.

“Yeah. I have been in love.”

“O-oh…” 

Jihoon lifts his head to look at you, noticing the confused expression on your face. You looked like you were lost on your words, not sure on how you can talk to him further about this.

He raises his hand up to your head, bonking it gently, making you blink in more confusion as to why he did so.

“Of course I’ve been in love, silly. What, did you think I was a robot with no feelings or something?” he snickered.

Ah, Jihoon is back to being his teasy self; you noticed.

“Yeah, well. I don’t know you that well, and as far as I know, you could’ve been a person who doesn't have love for anyone out there,” you said matter-of-factly, to which Jihoon smirks in response.

“Hey, you have no idea how much love I can give if I were to be in a relationship with someone okay,” 

“Okay then, why didn’t you do so?”

“What?”

“You’ve been in love, no? Then why didn’t you ‘give your love’ to this said person?”

“Because, Y/n, not everyone is lucky enough to have what you and Junkyu have. You can be in love with a person but sometimes you know that it’s never gonna work out,”

“Wait, you mean…”

“I like this person a lot…but even from the start, I know, she’s just not meant for me. Besides, I already know that this wasn’t gonna work out for me and her, and being in a relationship isn’t on my top priority list,”

“Jihoon…I’m so sorry to hear that…” you extend your arm to pat his back gently, feeling somewhat sad for him.

“Don’t be. I’m good. Besides, all I had to do was get over her. And then, ‘poof’ she’s no longer significant to me,” he said proudly.

You stopped patting his back, hugging your arms to yourself again since you could feel the cold breeze blowing in towards the both of you now.

“Good for you. I’ll have you know, that girl will regret it a lot knowing that she didn’t get to be with such a talented and good-looking man like you,” you huffed.

Jihoon turns to look at you, a teasing smile on his face.

“What? Why are you suddenly grinning like that,” you furrowed your brows.

“Did I just hear you complimenting me?” he asks, leaning close to you, his face still grinning cheekily at you.

You rolled your eyes at him, avoiding his gaze on you. “Oh shut up, I didn’t say much about you. I was just stating the fact that whoever that had rejected your love will be living a very regretful life,”

“Ooohhh but you said I was talented and good-looking! What’s this, Y/n? I didn’t know you’d find me attractive all this while,” he nudges you by the elbow playfully now.

“Oh, cut it out Jihoon,” you said in annoyance but still you couldn’t help but smile at his teasing.

The both of you continued your usual playful banters with each other when suddenly you heard a faint voice calling your name from afar.

“Sshhh, did you hear that?” you shushed Jihoon just as he was about to make fun of your crying face when he found you earlier.

“Y/n! Don’t move!” you heard the voice shouting from the end of the hall, from where your apartment unit is located.

You could see someone running up towards both you and Jihoon’s direction.

“Oh wow, don’t run off now, Y/n. It looks like your prince is heading towards us,” Jihoon giggled when he noticed who it was running clumsily towards the both of you.

“Junkyu,” you breathed, when he finally reached your spot, him bending down as he tried to catch some air after making his dramatic run.

To be continued….

#treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #teufic #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #treasure members #all treasure members #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #aliy #sandwichrin

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 37)

Chapter 37 - Not his girlfriend

Word count: 5.2k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello! I got off work a little late today but uwu here it is, as promised! Thank you for waiting and hope y’all like this one <3

“Y/n, is that you?” Doyoung’s voice startled you not far behind where you’re standing now.

‘clink clank clink’ the sound of the metal bowls hitting the concrete floor rang as you felt them slip from your fingers after hearing him call your name.

“D-Doyoung-ssi! What a surprise to see you here!” you stammered as you turn around to look at him.

Doyoung flashed a smile at you as he makes his way towards you now that he’s confident that it was indeed you that he saw.

As soon as he reaches your spot, he immediately lowers himself to pick up the metal bowls that you had dropped earlier.

“I’m so sorry, I didn’t mean to startle you,” he said as he dusts off the metal bowls one by one before picking them up.

“W-what? N-no! it wasn’t your fault anyways. I was just…” your voice trailed off as you turn around to sneak a peek at Junkyu who was still hiding behind the thrash container not far from where you were standing.

Junkyu met your eyes and shook his head at you, implying that he didn’t want Doyoung to know he was hiding back there.

You turned back around to face Doyoung just in time as he was getting back up from his stance to hand over the metal bowls to you.

You accepted them from his hands and thanked him.

“No biggie. Hey, are you okay? You seem…distracted,” he said, noticing that your eyes would once in a while look elsewhere.

“Oh, nothing! I was just…curious as to where the cats I fed had went to,” you chuckled nervously as you lied. You weren’t curious about the cats, you were worried about how long Junkyu had to be hiding behind the thrash container if you stayed here any longer with Doyoung.

“I see. You want me to help you find them? I can help you,” he responded. Doyoung was already taking steps towards where Junkyu was hiding and you couldn’t help but panic on your own.

Which was why you ended up tugging his arm and making yourself accidentally trip and hit your head against his back.

“Ow!” the both of you said at the same time.

“Oh my god, I’m so sorry! I didn’t mean to—” you apologised, your hand rubbing your head from the minor accident.

“Gosh Y/n, when Jihoon-hyung always complained about you being hard-headed, I didn’t expect him to be literal about it,” he chuckled as he rubs his back.

“I’m so sorry Doyoung, I—wait, what?? Jihoon said what about me??”

“Aish that’s nothing to worry about! You know he likes to joke about these things,” he grinned as he places a hand on your head.

“He better be joking,” you mumbled under your breath.

Doyoung smiled politely at you and moves his hand away from your head now.

“Well, are we still looking for your cats or—”

“NO!” you interrupted him, not intending to raise your voice though. Your eyes widened as you realise how rude you might have acted towards the younger boy in front of you.

“I-I mean…no….it’s okay! I’m sure they’re all full after being fed,” you tried to smile at him to not make him sense your suspicious behaviour.  “So…what brings you down here?” you tried to change the subject.

“Oh, right. I almost forgot. I was looking for Junkyu-hyung. You don’t happen to see him around here…do you?”

“What?” you stifled a fake laugh. “No way! What would Junkyu be doing here? Yeah, no, I haven’t seen him,”

“I see. Bummer. I was hoping to find him here. We’re all having dinner soon and the other hyungs were looking for him.”

“Aw, that’s unfortunate,” you said, feeling kinda bad that you lied to him; to his other friends too at this point.

“It’s alright, I guess he’ll come back to the dorm soon,” he smiled. “Are you heading back to your place too?”

“Uhh, yeah…I guess…”

“Alright. I’ll walk you there.”

“Huh? Oh no, there’s no need to—”

“Nonsense. I’m not gonna let a pretty girl walk home alone Y/n,” he said matter-of-factly, a serious look on his face.

“O-okay..”

Doyoung bent down once again to tie the loose shoelace on his left foot and you hurriedly took this chance to turn and look at Junkyu.

“I’m sorry, I gotta go. Be careful, okay?” you mouthed at him, slightly sad that you had to leave him alone like that.

Junkyu nods at you and mouthed back “it’s okay. I’ll text you later”

The both of you exchanged apologetic smiles at each other, and then you turned back to Doyoung who just got back on his feet again.

“Sorry, my shoelaces were loose,”

“Oh no, it’s fine.” You smiled at him. “Are you ready to go up now?”

“Yeah. Let’s go,”

“Okay,”

You were about to walk ahead of Doyoung when he slowly catches up to you and places an arm around your shoulder. “Hey, slow down, Y/n. Wait for me, I thought we’re walking up together,”

“We are. I’m just a little faster than you,”

“Naw hey don’t say that,” he grins at you as he catches up with your pace, his arm still around you.

The both of you took few steps towards the direction of the main entrance of the building, both your figures getting smaller in Junkyu’s view now that the both of you have left the thrash spot.

Junkyu got out from his hiding space and sighs to himself. Why does he put himself through all this? Why does he hide the fact that he was spending time with you from his friends? Why was he hiding you? It’s not like his friends don’t know you. It’s not like the both of you are a couple…right? Then what was he so afraid of?

 *

Treasure’s Dorm (Dorm #1 / Night)

Doyoung entered the house only to be greeted by Junkyu who looked like he just arrived minutes before Doyoung did.

“Hyung.” Doyoung greets him with a smile as he makes his way towards their kitchen to meet the rest of their group (only members from Dorm 1 and 2 were gathered here tonight).

Junkyu nods at Doyoung, acknowledging the younger member’s greeting in return.

He watched as his friend entered the kitchen before he decides to join them all as well.

“Hey, Doyoung’s back! Did you find Junkyu?” Jihoon said as soon as he sees the younger boy come in.

“Hey, yeah—”

And just in time, Junkyu showed up near the kitchen’s doorframe.

“Ah, so where did you find him?” Hyunsuk asked this time.

“What? Oh, no, I didn’t find Junkyu-hyung. He was already here when I got back,” Doyoung said as he gestured towards his hyung who was standing not far behind him.

“What?? You were already here all this time Junkyu-aa??” Jihoon asked in disbelief. “You should’ve said so, why didn’t you say anything?”

Junkyu shrugs at his friends. “Everyone looked so busy, I didn’t want to interrupt on anything,”

“Eyyy no way! I told you I’m bringing dinner over tonight! There’s nothing to be interrupted anyways!” Jihoon snickered as he walked towards his best friend to hang his arm around his neck now.

“Heyyy too close, too close,” Junkyu pushed his best friend’s arm further away from him.

“Aw come on! You never reject Mashi if he does this to you,” Jihoon whined.

“That’s ‘cause he does it in a non-creepy way—unlike you,” he responded, still trying to get Jihoon’s arm away from his neck.

Jihoon grinned and continued his attempt in teasing his best friend.

Meanwhile, Hyunsuk and the rest were getting ready to plate up the foods that were served on the table into their own plates.

“Hey hyung, you said you were just gonna check if Junkyu-hyung was down at the main thrash container earlier, but what took you so long?” Haruto asked Doyoung as he picks on a piece of tuna gimbap with his chopstick.

“Oh? Oh, right! I bumped into Y/n just now.”

Suddenly, Hyunsuk, Jihoon and Junkyu stopped what they were doing and turned to look at him.

Doyoung felt eyes were on him, so he looked up from the table and noticed his hyungs staring at him.

“Uhh…are you all okay?”

“We’re all good, nothing to worry about!” Jihoon chuckled as he removed his arm from Junkyu and proceeds to head towards the table to grab his own food.

Mashiho noticed Junkyu still standing near the doorframe, so he called out to his hyung, “Junkyu-hyung! Come here, come and get some food here,”

Junkyu blinked a couple times and smiled gently at his friend. He heads towards the table and picks up a plate for himself.

“S-so…you met Y/n, huh?” Hyunsuk asks slowly and carefully, almost as if he was stepping on thin ice.

“Yeah,” Doyoung answered, his hands continuing to pick up more food for his plate again. “I think she was feeding the stray cats down there. I saw her there and she said she was heading back up so I thought I might as well walk her home,”

“Aww that’s so nice of you, Doyoung-ah!” Yoshi beamed proudly at his dongsaeng’s gentleman behaviour.

“Yeah, I mean—obviously I’m not gonna let a pretty girl like her walk back alone,” Doyoung snickered before biting on his gimbap.

This earned him looks from his hyungs again.

“O-oh. I see. That’s good. That’s nice of you,” Hyunsuk replied shortly.

Junkyu, who was seated next to Mashiho now, frowned at what the younger boy said. He remembered how he saw Doyoung wrapping an arm around your shoulder earlier tonight and he thought that it was wrong for him to feel jealous about it but hearing Doyoung talking about you this way—he couldn’t help but feel like most of the maknaes in his group were smitten over you.

Jeongwoo, who had been quiet the whole time as he was busy eating his delicious foods, finally opened his mouth to ask, “Junkyu-hyung, can you hand me over the sauce packet beside you,”

Junkyu didn’t hear him the first time because our dear koala friend here was too busy running up thoughts in his own head.

“Hyung?” Jeongwoo asked again.

The rest of them too, now, raised their heads to look at Junkyu who seemed to be frowning at his plate and munching on the piece of gimbap in his mouth.

“Junkyu-hyung? Is everything okay?” Doyoung asked, slightly worried at seeing his hyung’s expression.

Again, still, Junkyu wasn’t listening.

“Hey, hyung—”

“No, you can’t take her away from me!” Junkyu blurted out unintentionally, his eyes widening when he realised what came out of his mouth.

His eyes met Doyoung’s and immediately he felt his ears burning with embarrassment. Junkyu quickly got up from his chair, mumbling about going to his room before he left them all in the kitchen.

The whole gang at the table exchanged confused looks with one another.

“I…I didn’t know Junkyu-hyung favoured that sauce this much…I guess I shouldn’t have asked from him…” Jeongwoo said, feeling bad that he might have offended his hyung for asking for the sauce that was beside him.

Mashiho shakes his head and extends his arm to pat the second maknae’s back.

“It’s alright Jeongwoo-aa. You can have some of mine,” Jihoon said as he stands up to pass over his sauce packet towards the maknae. “I’ll go check on Junkyu for a bit,” he added before leaving the kitchen as well.

Haruto lets out a soft sigh, only audible for him and Yoshi since they were both seated closely together. “Gosh, the Haenam air really did something to these hyungs, didn’t it?”

Yoshi nods his head silently in response.

 *

Treasure’s Dorm (Dorm #1 / Junkyu’s Room)

Jihoon knocked on the door couple times before letting himself inside, closing the door behind him after entering.

Junkyu was seated on his bed—the scene looked almost familiar, Jihoon thought. Almost like the time Junkyu had lashed out about you—but this time he had lashed out randomly during dinner.

“So…” Jihoon sighs, “…what gives?”

Junkyu raised his head to look at his best friend. He looked troubled.

“I…I’m sorry…I don’t know what came over me…”

“Well you better start thinking straight Junkyu. I don’t want this to be a thing—you lashing out on your possessiveness when it comes to Y/n,”

“I know, I know. I just—Wait. How did you know I was thinking about Y/n??”

Jihoon raised an eyebrow, as if his best friend had just asked him something stupid.

“Oh, please,” Jihoon scoffed as he makes his way towards Junkyu’s gaming chair, pulling it to face Junkyu before he sits down in the comfy swivel item.

“No, you can’t take her away from me??” Jihoon continued, making Junkyu cover his face in embarrassment. “Obviously you were talking about Y/n. As far as I know, Y/n is the only person that’s been making you all flustered this year,”

“Hey…don’t blame her…” Junkyu responded softly. Though he secretly agrees with Jihoon. He hasn’t been this much affected by girls until he’s met you.

“I’m not, I really am not blaming her.” Jihoon paused. “But really, what gives? If you like her so much, just make her your girlfriend or something,”

“Hyung!”

“What? Did I say something wrong?”

Junkyu kept quiet. He looked down at his hands.

“Why not? You obviously like her, as she does towards you.”

“I know that…I’m in love with her…”

“Exactly. And you’re gonna be lashing out towards anyone talking fondly over her because you know that you don’t exactly have a hold on her,”

Junkyu tilts his head as he looks at his hyung. “A hold over her?”

“Duhh, you’re insecure about losing Y/n. That’s why you go crazy when another guy or well; in your case, when another member speaks fondly of Y/n. It’s because she’s not your girlfriend. And you’re not her boyfriend either.”

“How does that make any sense??” Junkyu asked, confused.

“I mean, if everyone knew that you guys are dating or well are a ‘couple’, don’t you think people would have been more in-lined with what they say or do towards Y/n? And don’t deny what I’m saying Junkyu, I saw how you stared daggers at Junghwan when he went to hug Y/n the other day at our practice room,” Jihoon huffed, his arms crossed now.

“I--,” Junkyu shakes his head. “I can’t help it! He had his arm around her waist for like, an hour!”

“Oh stop exaggerating, it was only for 10 minutes!”

“Fine!” Junkyu lets out a heavy sigh. “Fine…”

“Look, I’m not forcing you to marry Y/n or something, heck—if you don’t want to be her boyfriend I have no issue with that too—” Jihoon added, making Junkyu’s eyes widen in panic at the thought of not making you his girlfriend by now.

“…I’m just saying, you should think of how you want things to be between you and Y/n. You don’t want to lose her? Make her yours. You don’t want other guys hitting on her? Then be upfront about your feelings for her. You know we all love you, right? And we’d respect who you want to be with, regardless if any of us likes her too.”

Junkyu nods his head slowly in response to what Jihoon has said.

Jihoon sighs again, “Besides, we all know very well that by the end of the day, it’s you who she’s smitten by,” he smirks.

Junkyu smiled a little. “Thanks, hyung. I needed to hear all that.”

“You know me. I’m good at these things,” Jihoon bragged as he pats his own chest.

“Hey hyung…”

“Yeah?”

“What you said…. does this mean…Hyunsuk-hyung will be alright if I straight up tell him that Y/n and I are dating…?”

“Well…I think…by the end of it all, he just wants you and Y/n to be happy,” Jihoon smiles gently at his best friend.

Junkyu smiled wider this time. He was glad he has someone like his Jihoon-hyung as his best friend. He knew that he could always count on Jihoon to cheer him up, to tell him things he wants to hear.

“Right.” Jihoon said as he got up from the chair he had been comfortably sitting on. “Let’s head back out and join the rest for dinner, shall we?”

Junkyu nods and got up as well, “Okay,”

 *

Time skip to a couple of days later—Junkyu was insistent on letting his friends know that you and him were already dating—despite the fact that the only dates the both of you had were only at your apartment or the main thrash container outside your apartments’ building. That too, wasn’t what he intends to have with you forever; he couldn’t imagine never taking you out on real dates, that would’ve been horrible.

Alas, Junkyu never got around to telling his friends about you and him. It just never seemed like the right time. He couldn’t possibly spring this topic up when they’re all in practice. What if the management finds out about this? As much as he wants the whole world to know that he’s in love with you, he wants to take it slow too. Slow as in letting his group members know about it first before you know—the rest of the world knowing about this.

And so, Junkyu has brought up about his concerns to you when he had another cuddle/tv watching session with you one particular night, and you listened to him, thinking of a plan to help him ‘announce’ your relationship with him.

“But are we really a couple though?” you asked him that night.

Junkyu froze in his seat that night. He wondered why you would ask him that. Did you not want to be his girlfriend? Did you not want to commit being with him? Were you just dating him to keep your options open??

“W-what are you saying? Of course we are a couple. Look at what we’re doing right now. We’re cuddling and nuzzling our noses against each other’s shoulders. Is that not what couples do??” Junkyu answered back.

You let out a sigh. You get his point. Of course you’d only be doing these kind of activities with someone you truly liked. But Junkyu didn’t catch your main point. He never asked you to be his girlfriend. He only implied the idea of you being his girlfriend. And it didn’t seem official to you at all.

“No, you’re right…It’s just…” you kept quiet for a moment, making Junkyu sitting up straight now, his attention fully on you. “Your main concern is that you only want people to know we’re both dating, right? Because only then you can keep your jealousy in check,” you wondered aloud.

Junkyu nods at this—STILL missing the point that he still isn’t making any affirmations of being your boyfriend nor you being his girlfriend.

“I see,” you said before turning back to face the tv, a little disappointed with his answer. Maybe you shouldn’t be hoping for too much too soon, you thought.

 Which brings us to today—a Friday noon, the day when you finished work half-day. You had planned to invite over the Treasure boys for dinner later that night, to give them the souvenirs you had brought back from Haenam and well, as per Junkyu’s planning as well—he had told you that tonight would also be the night he would let them know that the both of you are dating.

Wowee some big night, huh?

And so, you were heading back from your office, and going back to your usual routine, you have decided to stop over at the convenience store opposite the YGE Building to get your usual Ramen Fridays commenced.

You were right in front of the convenience store’s entrance when you felt your phone buzzing in your bag.

You fished your phone out of your bag to see Junkyu texting you.

 Message(s) (Junkyu and Y/n):

Junkyu: Heyo :3

Y/n: yes junkyu-ssi?

Junkyu: What’s with the formality ☹ did I do something wrong?

Y/n: Nooooo silly. I was just messing with you. How was your photoshoot today?

Junkyu: It was horrible.

Y/n: Oh nooo. What happened bb? ;-;

Junkyu: You never sent me your selca ☹

Y/n: Wait what??

Junkyu: You said that you’d send me your selca this morning but you never sent it…

Y/n: Junkyu…we’re meeting up tonight for dinner, remember?? You don’t need my selca

Junkyu: But I miss seeing your face…

Y/n: Junkyu. We just met 2 nights ago.

Junkyu: Okay then…I guess I’ll just stare at the picture Jihoon sent to me that one time

Y/n: ??? Jihoon doesn’t have pictures of me

Junkyu: You’d be surprised to know what pictures he keeps in his phone y/n

Y/n:….

Y/n: WAIT KIM JUNKYU WHAT KIND OF PICTURES DOES JIHOON KEEP AND HOW MANY OF THEM ARE PICTURES OF ME

Y/n: Junkyu???

 You realise that Junkyu was no longer online so you assumed he had gone back to his photoshoot by now.

You sighed to yourself, wondering what Junkyu meant about Jihoon keeping pictures in his phone. Does Jihoon have a secret folder in his phone’s gallery where he keeps pictures of everyone and blackmails everyone with it?

If that’s the case…then maybe you should’ve asked Junkyu to steal Jihoon’s phone and delete the folder. That way, everyone will be able to live in peace. You shake your head as you enter the convenience store now, greeting back the young cashier when you heard his usual welcome greeting.

The store was empty, having only you and the cashier in it. Just the way you liked it to be.

You were walking towards the aisle that shelves the ramen bowls and cups and you took your time to think which one you felt like having this afternoon.

It was around 7-8 minutes of you just standing and staring at the ramen choices in front of you when you finally narrowed down your choices to 2 ramens—in which you held each bowl in your hand as you argued in your hand which one you liked better.

The shrimp broth ramen in your left hand; and the spicy cheese ramen in your right hand.

Shrimp and soupy or cheese and spicy?

Shrimp or cheese?

Red or pink?

Shrimp or cheese shrimp or cheese shrimp or cheese—

You didn’t realise this but you were already frowning on your own as you kept on holding onto the two ramen bowls in your hands, still not being able to brain which one was to be your lunch today.

That is until a voice popped up behind you—

“Seriously Y/n, just get the shrimp one already,” the voice said—making you jump a little on your feet and almost dropping both the ramen bowls from your hold.

You turned around to see a well-dressed man with his dark hair parted in the middle and styled just how you liked it best, the fringe resting voluminously on the side of his face, although half of his face which was from his nose to his chin was covered by a black face mask.

“What are you doing here??” you asked in hushed voice, not knowing if it was safe for you to say his name since he was all dressed up.

His eyes lit up as you could tell he was grinning underneath the mask he was wearing as if he was amused by your cautiousness.

“What do you mean what I’m doing here? Obviously I came over to see you. Especially since you won’t send me your selca,” you could hear him pouting now.

You rolled your eyes at him. “You didn’t respond to my text,”

“I was busy convincing manager-hyung and the rest that I needed to get something from this convenience store, it wasn’t easy you know,”

“How did you know I was here?”

“I remember you telling me about your Ramen Fridays routine. I always want to remember the things you like, you know,” he responds.

You tilt your head as you took in Junkyu’s half-face that you’re seeing right now. His skin was glowing, eyebrows neatly filled in with a darker shade of colour, his eyelids touched with very pale coral-ish colour. Now, Kim Junkyu himself was already such a fine man on his own—but you couldn’t help but think of him as pretty when he was made up like this.

He was wearing a dark blue denim jacket, a white shirt inside, his black jeans accentuating his long legs, fitting his tall, model-like height.

You suddenly felt his finger poking your cheek, waking you up from your intense gawking.

“Don’t stare at me like that for too long, I know I look good today,” he said, his eyes smiling at your flustered expression.

“Gosh, someone’s really confident today,” you smirked in response, trying to change the topic.

“Of course, I look good today,” he repeated, and you could hear the proudness in his voice.

But you look good every day. That’s what you wanted to say. But okay maybe you’ll just keep that to yourself since he didn’t look like he needed the ego boost from you—obviously.

You kept the spicy cheese ramen bowl back on the shelf and turned to Junkyu, “Are you getting anything?”

He shakes his head in response to you.

“Okay then, I’m gonna go pay this up, okay? You can take a seat there first,” you point out a finger at one of the tables located not too far from the cashier’s counter.

“Okay,” Junkyu said as he heads towards where you had pointed.

You approached the counter, smiling at the familiar cashier as you took out your wallet from your bag, waiting for the cashier to scan your ramen bowl.

“By the way miss, we’re having a 1 plus 1 promotion for items listed on the menu here,” the cashier points towards the menu that was on the counter.

“Oh? 1 plus 1?”

“Yes, you can get any 2 of the items in this menu and pay it for a single price,”

“Oh wow, that sounds like a nice deal,”

“It is! You should try the grapefruit sparkling drink, it’s really tasty!” the cashier offered.

“Sure, I’ll take those then,” you grinned.

“Okay! Hang on, I’ll get you the cold ones from the chiller, since it tastes better cold,” the cashier said as he slides out of the cashier compartment to get you the cold drinks.

“Ahh, t-thank you!” you thanked him, feeling bad that he had to go get the drinks for you when he could’ve informed you to go take it yourself instead.

“It’s no worries,” he called out from the chiller not far behind you.

You were pulling out more change from your wallet now, adding in the charge for the drinks as well when the cashier returned with two cold bottles of grapefruit sparkling juice for you.

“Here you go! So your total now is $13.”

You handed him the money and thanked him again for his wonderful service.

“No problem! I always see you going here almost every week, so it’s nice to be of your assistance,” he smiled as he bowed slightly at you.

“Ah, I didn’t know you noticed,” you smiled back at him.

“You look really pretty today too, by the way,” the cashier added.

“O-oh. Thanks I guess—”

“Jagiyaaaaaa what’s taking you so longggggg?” you heard another voice whining not far from you.

You turned your head to your left, and surely enough, Junkyu had taken his mask off, a pout evident on his face.

“U-uh, here’s your receipt miss, thank you and enjoy your meal!” the cashier hurriedly hands you the paper receipt, noting the way Junkyu was side-eyeing him and not wanting to get into trouble with the much handsomer man that was waiting for you.

You thanked the cashier again and made your way towards the table where Junkyu had been waiting for you.

“What was that for?? And since when do you call me ‘Jagiya’” you frowned at him.

“Why? Did you not like it when I make it obvious that we’re dating?” he asked you back, his forehead creasing now.

You sighed. “Nooo it’s not like that. But you’re acting strange today,”

Junkyu folds his arms against his chest. “I dressed up nicely today, I wore make up, and still I can’t have your attention fully on me,”

“Kim Junkyu, you only dolled up today because you had a photoshoot today,”

He kept quiet. Then he opened his mouth to say, “Okay but still!”

You shake your head at him and opened one of the grapefruit juice before handing it to him.

“Here, you can have this one.”

“Thank you,” he said as he grabs onto the bottle, taking a sip from it right after.

“Oh, I need to get some hot water for the ramen,” you suddenly remembered.

You were about to get up from your seat when Junkyu’s hand grabbed your arm, making you stop.

“I’ll get it for you!”

You blinked a couple times at him. “S-sure…Thank you…”

“No biggie,” he smiled his cute smile at you, making you blush.

You didn’t know this but the sole reason Junkyu was eager to get the hot water for you was because he saw the cashier going towards the hot water machine as well. He didn’t want you to carry on another conversation with the cashier and leaving him alone all over again like just now. Not when he’s still around.

When Junkyu came back, he placed your ramen bowl onto the table, the both of you staying quiet as you both waited for the ramen to soften.

But the quiet didn’t last long. You were the one who broke it first as you asked, “So, how long are you allowed to stay out here?”

“Around 30 minutes?”

“Ooohhh that’s not too bad,”

Junkyu nods at this. He watches as you peeked into the ramen bowl now, your hand holding onto a pair of chopsticks and mixing the seasoning into the bowl, the smell of the shrimp broth floating in the air around the both of you.

“So, what do want for dinner tonight?” you asked as you continued stirring the noodles, your eyes fixed on the bowl in front of you.

“Hm? For dinner?”

“The rest of the boys are coming over tonight, right? We’re…telling them about us…tonight?” you asked him, your head raised in his direction now.

Junkyu nods his head firmly. “Yup! And then I won’t have to worry about people flirting with you anymore,” he huffs.

You giggled at this. “You’re funny. No one’s flirting with me, Junkyu. Your friends won’t do that to me, you know that too,”

“I’ll see it when I believe it,” he said sarcastically, making you extend your hand to gently pinch his arm; the both of you smiling at each other right after.

And then suddenly, you both heard the convenience store’s doors opening, a person entering the store, footsteps all quick and in a rush, heading towards where you both are.

“AH HAH! I CAUGHT YOU BOTH RED HANDED!” the boy said, slightly panting, as if he had just run a marathon.

“Oh you have got to be kidding me…” Junkyu muttered to himself, although you could hear him.

“Okay, fine, you caught me,” you raised your hands, sighing. “What are you doing here anyways??”

 To be continued….

#aliy #sandwichrin #junkyu x reader #kim junkyu #junkyu scenarios #kimjunkyu x reader #kimjunkyu #junkyu treasure #junkyu fluff #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic #kim junkyu x reader #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #treasure members #all treasure members

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 36)

Chapter 36 - Sur-reality Word count: 4.6k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hi! Here you go, chapter 36! let’s get the ship drama sailingggg~

Y/n’s Apartment Block (Night time)

It was around 7pm-ish that you finally got back from having dinner with Soomin. Your visit on your Treasure friends didn’t last long that afternoon, especially since you noticed that Junkyu didn’t even say a word towards you the whole time you were there. The rest of the Haenam crew too, didn’t interact with you much so you assumed they were all just super tired from their trip—as if you weren’t just as tired though.

You admit, you were slightly taken aback by Junkyu’s act of ignorance. Not that you have that much of a reason to be pissed at him. It’s not like you’re his girlfriend, right?

You stopped in your tracks. You were standing right in front of the elevator in the lobby now.

You let out a sigh as you entered the opening doors, letting it shut slowly as you stared into space.

The both of you like each other, you and Junkyu. You both had several good times together in Haenam. Well, before that too of course.

But today…Junkyu was just being ice cold to you. What got into him?

He likes you, you like him. Nay, you’re both in love with each other. A stronger feeling towards each other—that’s what it is. But you both aren’t boyfriend or girlfriend.

Then what are we?

Just casually dating one another?

Friends who are in love with each other?

You stepped out of the elevator once it arrived on your floor, your thoughts still running wild on your status with Junkyu.

You let out a tiny gasp just as a random thought popped into your head.

What if…what if Junkyu was just treating you as a casualty?

You shook your head at the thought. That can’t be it, right? Junkyu doesn’t seem to be the type to fool around with girls…right?

Taking in a deep breath, you try to distract yourself from that tall friend of yours.

Alas—your thoughts on him went back into the back of your head as soon as you see a familiar figure standing outside your front door as you got closer to your home.

“Junkyu?” you asked, afraid that your eyes might be fooling you.

The tall, fair-skinned guy turned his head towards you, previously looking down at the phone in his hand.

His dark brown, bright orbs stared into yours as he watches you slowly approaching him now.

“What are you doing here?” You asked again.

“I just wanted to see you,” he shrugs, his spongey voice a little deeper from his serious tone.

“O-oh,”

You blinked several times, wondering what made him come all the way to your place.

“Are you just gonna stand there and not invite me in?” He asked this time, startling you from your thoughts.

“A-ah! Right! I uh, hold on, I’ll key in the passcode,” you stuttered now as you frantically head towards the pinned lock beside your front door.

You had your back facing Junkyu so while you were clumsily unlocking your front gate and door, you couldn’t see Junkyu trying to hold onto his smile as he watches you panic on your own.

And as soon as you entered your house, you hurriedly move aside to let Junkyu enter after you.

Junkyu was back to being expressionless the moment the both of you were facing each other again.

You don’t know why, but Junkyu acting all quiet and distant was somehow making you feel awkward.

What’s gotten into this guy? Why is he all cold today?? Geez, no one told you that a snowstorm was waiting for you when you got back from Haenam.

“Uhh, come, let’s sit in the living room,” you said as you led him there, even though you’re pretty sure he knows where your living room is; given that he’s been here before and the fact that it was obvious your living room was directly facing your front door’s entrance area.

You placed your bag onto the sofa in your living room, with Junkyu following behind you.

As soon as you turned back to face him, he was looking elsewhere.

You let out a sigh. Well damn, fine, you’ll do the talking then.

“I’ll get you something to drink,”

“So it’s just like that?” his voice stopped you before you could head towards the kitchen.

“What?” you asked, barely whispering since you were confused as f*ck on what he was talking about.

“So it’s just like that…? No hugs? No…’I missed you’, ‘How are you doing?’, or ‘Junkyu you look good today’?”

You were fully facing him now. His eyes stayed looking at his feet as he spoke.

“Huh. It’s like you forgot who you like over a day of being away from me. What, did you fall in love with Junghwan after he hugged you today?”, he continued bitterly, a hint of sarcasm in his voice.

You fold your arms across your chest, your lips pursing after listening to what he said.

Junkyu pouts at your lack of response towards him now so he decided to look up at you just to see if you were even looking at him while he was talking.

He was surprised to see you pursing your lips, a half-smile slowly forming on your face.

“Y-yah. I was being serious, why do you look like you’re about to laugh at what I said?”

This time, you smiled at him. Junkyu felt his heart flutter at seeing your pretty smile; like how it always does.

“Oh Junkyu,” you said as you shake your head at the confused, pouting guy.

“W-what? I’m mad at you, if you don’t notice by the way,” he added, though he was already a little flustered from your reaction.

You let out another sigh, this time your smile still on your face. You approached him immediately-- wraping your arms around his waist, and then resting the side of your head against his chest.

This time you could hear his heart beating fast.

“Y-yah. What are you d-doing?”

Junkyu was too stunned by your action, confused as well on why you were suddenly hugging him—not that he hated it though, it just caught him off guard.

“I miss you,” you said softly, making Junkyu’s ears heat up from your words of affection.

“How are you doing…?” you asked him. Slowly releasing your arms from him, you lift your head to look at him in the eye—keeping eye contact with him for a good 2 seconds before saying; “You look good today, Junkyu-aa,”

Junkyu was blushing hard from embarrassment and from how you were staring at him intently with your pretty brown eyes. You were repeating what he was complaining about.

He wanted you to say all these to him but the moment you did everything; all at once—he realised he couldn’t handle it. It was too much for him. You were making him insanely nervous from all the affection you’re giving him.

“Hm? I thought you wanted me to say all these?” you teased as you noticed him tensing up in front of you.

“Stop that! You’re just making fun of me!” He whined now; his cheeks still pink from your teasing. His eyes averted yours, not wanting you to charm him any further.

You took a step back from him, giving him his personal space back as you giggled, “Oh Junkyu. I didn’t know you’d be the jealous type,”

“I’m not jealous! I was just…” his voice faded. He looked to the side now, not knowing how to explain what he was feeling.

“Ahuh, sure,” you fold your arms against your chest, still smiling.

“You know, if you hadn’t come over acting all jealous like this…I would’ve had a change of heart from how cold you treated me today,” you continued.

This made Junkyu’s head snap back in your direction. “What? Why, is there someone else you like too? Is it Hyunsuk-hyung? No, wait--,” he gasped out loud, “ARE YOU REALLY CONSIDERING ON FALLING FOR JUNGHWAN INSTEAD OF ME NOW?”

Hearing Junkyu’s voice raising and seeing his nostrils flare from his ‘not jealous’ mode made you burst out laughing.

Junkyu was even more confused now that you’re laughing out loud at what he said. Was he a joke to you??? He didn’t say anything funny, did he??

“Junkyu, stop it!” you laughed. Your hand reached out to grab his, and you intertwine your fingers with him. “I like you, of course I do. In fact, I’m in love with you, you know that,”

“Hmph. Sure.” He said sulkily.

“I’m serious! Oh gosh, you’re really funny,” you giggled. “Stop being jealous of Junghwan, you know I care about him. He’s like my baby brother,”

Junkyu pulls his hand away from your hold. “Sure, as for now. Next thing—you’ll be crushing on his broad shoulders and veiny arms,”

You rolled eyes at him. “Kim Junkyu, look at me.”

Junkyu looks at your face again now, you’re no longer laughing or giggling like before.

“Have faith in me, in us. I like you, and you like me. Besides…” you tapped one side of his shoulder. “These shoulders are broad enough to my liking—so stop being jealous over anyone in your group, please?”

Junkyu pouts at you. Great now you’re making him promise not to be jealous over his friends. Okay but he could try…

“Fine, I promise,” he surrendered to your pleading eyes.

This made you smile again at him. “Okay there you go! Now, can we get over this sappy drama and get some drinks from the kitchen? I’m thirsty now,”

“Okay,” Junkyu nods at your idea. He followed you into your kitchen, slowly a smile formed on his lips. He was glad he decided to meet you up after work. At least he knows that you still liked him. In fact, he was hoping for you to like him and only him for a long, long time.

 *

Treasure’s Dorm #1 (Hyunsuk, Yoshi, Haruto and Junkyu)

After spending a good whole two hours at your place, Junkyu figured that his dormmates might be looking for him if he went out too long, so after spending some cuddling session with you as you both watched your TV and making commentaries throughout the film, Junkyu heavy-heartedly wished you good night and returned to his dorm which was 10 floors above yours.

Though he was sad he had to part with you—in which he wished he could spend more time with you; he reached his dorm with his heart feeling warm and fuzzy from being close with you all over again.

Junkyu entered his dorm, taking off his shoes and entering the living room when he saw Yoshi and Hyunsuk sitting on the floor.

It seems like Hyunsuk was working on a new Lego project, and Yoshi was helping him out.

“Oh? Welcome back, Junkyu!” Yoshi greeted him as he looked up from the pieces of lego on the floor.

Hyunsuk too, lifts his head to look at his friend that just got home.

“Oh? You’re home. Where were you?” the leader asked.

“Oh…nowhere…I uh, was just hanging at a friend’s,” Junkyu shrugged. He didn’t know why he lied. He could’ve just said he was over at your place, right?

But knowing how Hyunsuk feels about you, he felt like it wasn’t his place to hurt his own friend’s feelings.

“Ahh I see. Hey! Wanna see the new Lego build collection I bought? It’s crazy cool!” Hyunsuk said excitedly now.

“Uhh no thanks. I uh, I’m just gonna head to my room,” with that Junkyu bowed slightly towards his hyungs after he answered them swiftly.

He immediately left them, leaving them both confused with his response.

“Huh, he’s probably just tired,” Yoshi shrugs. “Quick, hyung! Hand me over that piece,”

“Maybe…” Hyunsuk wondered aloud as he hands over the piece Yoshi wanted. “Hey…who do you think was the person Junkyu hung out with, though?”

“I’m not sure either, hyung. Though it’s rare to see him hanging over at someone’s place—especially he’s the toughest person to leave his own room,”

 *

The next day.

You got into work the next day, all ready to receive tasks and just literally mull yourself over the piled-up paperwork on your desk.

A sigh escaped your lips as soon as you placed your bag on the edge of your desk—your hand pushing the heavy pile of files towards the other end of the table.

I’ve already switched positions, haven’t I? why are they still shoving these paperwork stuff onto your table though? Do they not have any other staff to help them out?

And to think you’ve been working in your new team for a month now. Sure, words spread fast about you being the only staff who was underqualified for your job but news about you being in a new team hasn’t been spread? Just how does news spread around here??

You shake your head as you pulled out the thin folder on top the paperwork pile on the left side of your desk now.

Some presentation notes that needed proofreading. Pfft. They could’ve done this themselves, no? You wouldn’t be complaining if it was still your job to handle all the paperwork for other staff like before, but now, you have other things to do.

You’re in the Comms’ Team! Your leader is Soomin! You should be handling matters regarding your company’s clients, not check on everyone else’s work like as if you’re their class teacher.

But then, as your mind nagged about all this, your hand still worked on the paper, underlining mistakes and writing down comments and corrections.

You were working pretty diligently too despite not wanting to do what you weren’t meant to do. In fact, you were working so hard at getting rid of the tall pile on your desk, you didn’t realise Soomin standing beside your chair, watching you for some time now.

You huffed out a heavy breath as you placed the completed paper on the rest of the completed pile on your right, your hand already getting ready to grab another one from your left when a voice startled you.

“Oh gosh, just how much longer do I have to wait for you notice me standing right here??” You heard Soomin groan, making you stop your movements.

“S-Soomin-unnie!”

“That’s right. Now you notice me,”

You smiled apologetically towards her. “I’m sorry, I was just so focused on getting these loads done—”

“What are those anyways? I don’t remember assigning anything to you yet,” her hand probed around the papers on your desk.

“Oh, uh, these are the materials and files I uh, usually proofread for the other staff before they use it,” you responded, your cheeks heating up as you realised once again that you should have reported yourself to Soomin first, asking her if she had any work up for you before you get to working on your own delayed tasks.

“Uhm I don’t think you should be doing it anymore,”

“What? No, no. I mean, I don’t think I do…but with me joining your team, who’s gonna work on these files then?”

“Duhh, they can just do it on their own. You’re not their backup system anymore, Y/n! Now come, head on over to my desk so I can assign you to something you’re supposed to be doing,”

“Ah, but—”

“Let’s go, let’s go,” Soomin insisted as she grabbed your wrist to help you out of your seat. You followed suit behind her soon, heading towards her desk not too far from yours.

“Oh and y/n, don’t worry about those pile on your desk. I’ll send out a memo to everyone to have them collect their files back. That’s not your job anymore, get it?” you heard your leader say in front of you, her voice firm and clear.

“O-okay, Soomin-ssi.”

 *

PEWA Groups (Meeting Room 1 / a while later)

“Okay so now that we’re clear on the clients you’ll be in charge of contacting for our next Comms Team merge workshop, I have another job for you,” Soomin said as she opened the door to the meeting room she had led you to, letting you enter first before her.

You complied and entered the room, her closing the door behind the both of you not long after.

You turned around to face her, wondering why she had brought you to the meeting room, when instead she could have just told you what your next task would be at her desk like before.

“You ready to hear this next task? Or is the first one too much already? I mean, I really don’t want to burden you too much,” Soomin asked, genuinely worried if she was putting too much on your shoulders when you just got back from a bad incident last week.

“I think I’ll be fine, unnie,” you smiled at her. “It’s okay, just tell me what it is,”

“Alrighty then. Here goes,” she takes a deep breath before continuing, “So I’ve kind of discussed this with Mr Bae and I think he was sort of worried if I gave this task to you—but! I’ll just run it by you quickly to see if you’re up for it, okay?”

You nod at her, curiosity increasing now that you notice your team leader looking nervous, as if she was gonna hand over to you a life-death task.

“Okay so uh, you know how you used to help tutor or should I say train some of our older staff back then? Yeah okay so since you’re in my team now, I wanted you to be in charge of our interns now—so you know, guide them, train them to do tasks alongside with you—”

“Oh, I didn’t know we take in interns? Huh, I must’ve missed out on this throughout the time I worked here,” you wondered aloud.

“Oh no! No, no. We only recently took in interns. In fact, we only have one so far…as of now,” she smiled nervously. “It’s sort of a new thing I suggested for our company, and since I was the one whom suggested it, Mr Bae thought it’s best if our team handles the new internship program we have,”

“Aww! That’s nice! That’s so nice of you unnie! You suggested for an internship program for our company,” you said in awe, feeling proud of your leader.

“Ahuh, yup, and well? Would you mind being in charge of the intern this time around?”

“Aw hey, no problem! You know I don’t mind. Besides, I’m pretty sure you have plenty on your plate too,” you extend your arm to pat your leader on her shoulder, assuring her that asking for your help was no biggie at all. In fact, if anything, your leader was the one who had helped you most especially after the incident you had at YGE.

“Whew, that’s a relief,” Soomin huffed out as she smiles at you. “Since you’ve agreed, I think your intern will be very happy too,”

“Yeah? Do I know—”

Your words hung in the air when you felt a pair of hands covering your eyes from behind you.

“Yay, Y/n! I’m so glad you agreed to be my supervisor!” the familiar voice said as you felt his presence standing closely behind you now.

 *

Treasure and Y/n’s Apartment Block (Night time)

Dorm #1

“Ayyyy we’re here! Bring out the hot stuff!” Jihoon exclaims as he entered through the front door along with his dorm members tagging behind him, all making loud noises as well.

Haruto shook his head as he watches his friends enter his dorm as if they were entering a party.

“Aigoo, what are you all being so loud for Jihoon-aa,” Hyunsuk nags at them all as soon as they all gathered in the living room.

“And why are you wearing shades in the house at night??” Hyunsuk pointed out when he noticed Jihoon wearing the sunglasses above his nose.

Haruto and Yoshi giggled when they noticed this too.

Jihoon takes off his shades and tosses it at Jeongwoo beside him, making the younger boy failing to catch it in time, the sunglasses falling to the floor.

Mashiho sighs as he watches the scene in front of him. “I’m just saying this—I have no idea why Jihoon-hyung is behaving this way today. He’s been acting weird ever since he got back from Haenam to be honest,”

“Hey hey—don’t disobey me. You’re part of my crew here,” Jihoon points at Mashiho.

Mashiho smirks and shrugs at his hyung.

“Huh, must be the Haenam air huh? Junkyu-hyung and Hyunsuk-hyung has been acting strange too lately,” Haruto points out, his arms crossed now.

“H-hey! I wasn’t acting weird!” Hyunsuk responds.

“No offense hyung but you stare into space a lot lately,” Yoshi said, adding to what Haruto has said regarding Hyunsuk.

Jihoon frowns at this. This was why he wanted to visit his hyung tonight. He had notice Hyunsuk being solemn ever since he’s seen you and Junkyu at that stupid potato field. Stupid potato field that they shouldn’t have gone to in the first place; he thought. He wanted to make sure his hyung was coping with his heartbreak fine, but clearly Hyunsuk hasn’t been okay. Even during practice, he seemed quiet and distant with them all.

“O-okay but I’m just tired from the trip that’s all. You kids shouldn’t worry about me too much,” Hyunsuk said to them, not wanting to burden his dongsaengs.

Jihoon lets out a sigh. “Sure, hyung. You’re ‘okay’.”

“Oh wait, where’s Junkyu-hyung?” Doyoung asks, finally opening his mouth when he noticed there was one member missing in the dorm.

“Oh, right. Junkyu offered to take out the thrash just now.” Hyunsuk answered.

“Huh, that’s weird. He’s been gone for a while now,” Haruto said.

“Nah, maybe the thrash shoot has a problem and he had to throw it outside the block,”

“What? No way. I just took out our thrash before we came over here. The thrash shoot on our floor is fine,” Doyoung chuckled at what Haruto said.

Hyunsuk furrowed his eyebrows. “What? He couldn’t have gotten lost, could he?? He’s done this plenty times.”

“Maybe he stopped by at the other dorm?” Mashiho assumes, noticing everyone looking worried in the living room. “He might have gone to visit Yedam and the rest, no?”

“Huh, maybe…”

“Ookay, let’s just heat up our dinner, shall we?” Yoshi suggested, making everyone turn their attention to him.

“Sure,” Hyunsuk smiled, although he couldn’t help but really wonder where his other introverted friend had gone to.

 *

Treasure and Y/n’s Apartment Block (Night time)

“Junkyu stop! I told you not to feed them again,” you whined for the third time. You were busy tending to a few cats on your own too and you couldn’t seem to stop Junkyu from over-feeding the rest that were with him.

Junkyu had initially left his dorm to throw their thrash out but he also kinda knew that it was the time you would usually go down to the main trash container outside their block to feed the stray cats there. You had told him so during one of your chats with him some time ago.

He was supposed to just throw his dorm’s thrash down the shoot on their floor but noooo he wanted to try his luck to see if he could bump into you.

And he was delighted that when he had approached the main trash container, you were crouched on the ground, softly talking to the cats and pouring out foods for them in small metal bowls lined up in front of you.

And here you both are—15 minutes later, both feeding the cats and making small talk as if you both haven’t seen each other the day before or as if you both hadn’t texted each other all day at all.

Junkyu looked up from the cats that were munching on the extra food he had given them, smiling his cute gummy smile at you. “I can’t help it, they’re so adorable!”

“Yes, but we don’t want them to over-eat and get sick too,” you nagged at him, to which he responded with a pout.

You shook your head, hating the fact that whenever he pouts at you, you would instantly stop nagging—only because you wanted to pinch his cheeks instead.

“Hey…have you had dinner?” you asked, now that your feeding session was done; with Junkyu’s help of course.

“Not yet. Jihoon-hyung said he was gonna bring food over so maybe I’ll eat with them later,”

“That’s nice,” you smiled.

“What’s next?” Junkyu asked, now that he was already standing on his feet.

You too, got up to stand as well.

“That’s it, really. We just feed them and then I’ll gather the bowls so I can bring them up to wash at my place,”

“Oh? Are you gonna head back now?”

“Yeah…I guess…” you answered him.

Junkyu lets out a soft sigh. He stepped up closer to you, his height looming over you. “I wish I could spend more time with you…” he said softly.

You giggled at this. “Gosh Junkyu, you make it seem like we’re in a long-distanced relationship,”

“But we are!” he groaned out loud. “We barely can go out and have normal dates, we can’t hold hands in public, we can’t even ki—” he stopped himself, his hand covering his mouth before he could complain any further.

He felt his cheeks and ears heating up. Did you hear him?? He almost said the word kiss.

The both of you haven’t had your first kiss with each other and here he was whining about it as if he had missed out on your kisses all this while.

When he finally locked eyes with you, he noticed you looking at him awkwardly, your body stiff and not moving. Damn it. You must have heard him.

Damn it, Y/n must think of me as a perv now; he groaned to himself.

What he doesn’t know is that, you were blushing to yourself too. You could tell that he had wanted to say the word ‘kiss’, and that made you shy because it reminded you of the time he had confessed to you and how close you both were to kissing each other—that was until you laughed in his face of course.

You pulled yourself out of your trance, clearing your throat and trying to think of a way to change the subject because obviously you couldn’t stand like a statue out in this chilly weather any longer.

“W-well, that’s it then. We just h-have to plan out a proper date then next time. So we can have more time together,” you stammered bravely, mentally noting that this probably sounds like you’re asking him out on date.

Junkyu nods his head profusely, his cheeks red but at the same time his heart beating fast from hearing you asking him out.

The both of you exchanged shy gazes, slowly smiling at each other.

“Wanna head up now?” he asked you softly, holding his hand out for you to hold.

“Okay,” you nod, your smile still beaming.

You were this close to grabbing his hand in yours when you heard a familiar voice making you freeze in your stance.

“Junkyu-hyung? Heyy hyung-aa! Are you out here??” the voice yelled from afar.

“Oh? Isn’t that Doyoung?” you asked, only noticing that Junkyu was already hiding behind one of the trash containers, completely out of plain sight—unless anyone was standing in the spot you were at.

“Junkyu?” you turned around to call out to him, confused as to why he was hiding.

“Oh? Y/n?? Is that you?” Doyoung’s voice appeared not far behind you now, startling you and making you drop the metal bowls in your hand to the concrete ground.

To be continued…

#sandwichrin #aliy #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasure fic #teufic #junkyu x reader #kim junkyu #junkyu scenarios #junkyu treasure #junkyu #junkyu fluff #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kimjunkyu #kimjunkyu x reader

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 38)

Chapter 38 - Not your girlfriend 

 Word count: 4.2k words 

 Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hiii! It’s been so long (again)! I’m so happy to be able to go back to writing again <3 Here’s to you all, hope you all enjoy this one <33

Junkyu frowned at the sight of the man standing in front of him now. Now, what is this guy doing here??

“You can’t do this to me, Y/n!” the guy exclaimed dramatically, earning a subtle eye roll from you.

“Chani, you need to calm down,” you said to him gently, before continuing, “Now, what do you need from me?” You asked, hoping he would respond less dramatically now considering the cashier has begun eyeing your table.

Great, the cashier probably thinks you’re a two-timing cheat with what’s going here; you sighed to yourself.

Chani shakes his head in response to your question. 

“No. You left me behind! I told you I was going to the restrooms, and when I got out, BAM you were gone!”

You narrowed your eyes at him. “But…you didn’t ask me to wait for you or anything–I mean, when we got off work, we were already heading down the stairs when you suddenly told me you had to use the restrooms. I– What was I supposed to make out of that??”

“That I wanted you to wait for me??” Chani stated obviously.

You could only shake your head this time around.

“--and imagine how i feel, after finally tracking you down, to find you sitting here and being all giggly with this dude!” he added, a hand pointing towards Junkyu now.

“Wow, hey, don’t get all cranky. You’re ruining our date,” Junkyu said, frowning.

“Wha–? Date??” Chani looks at Junkyu in disbelief. He turns his attention to you, hoping that you’d tell him Junkyu was just joking with him.

However the only response he got from you was just a sigh. 

It’s almost as if the universe didn’t want you to eat your ramyeon in peace.

“Okay Chani, what exactly do you need,” you asked the wide-eyed, curly haired fellow in front of you again.

Chani fell quiet. His eyes darted from you to Junkyu, and then from Junkyu to you again. He was trying to process what was going on here. Are the both of you really…dating?

Junkyu noticed the quiet boy’s eyes staring from you to him a couple of times, as if he’s just gotten pranked.

–In which Junkyu decided it’s best if he said something. “I don’t know what you’re so flabbergasted on the fact that we’re dating– you probably have a hard time believing this too– but I have one question for you,”

This made Chani turn his attention back towards Junkyu.

“How…did you know Y/n was here?”

“Well,” the younger boy shrugs. “When I left the office…I figured Y/n could’ve been on her way back home so I asked Soomin-ssi where she lived and well, as I was following the route she sent me, I passed by this store and noticed Y/n and you from the glass window out there and well–”

“You barged in here and started making a scene. Okay, we got it,” Junkyu interrupted him.

Chani scowled at the handsome and made-up boy in front of him. 

“So, what gives? Are you both really dating?” he asks, bitterness clear in his voice.

Junkyu and you exchanged brief looks with one another before looking back at Chani.

“Well…” you started to say.

“...yeah,” Junkyu finished your sentence for you.

“No way…” Chani said, his voice softer now.

“Chani…” you said.

Chani didn’t let you speak, instead he asked again, “So you’re Junkyu-hyung’s girlfriend now?”

Both Junkyu and you answered at the same time, “Yes” – “No”

There was a moment of silence after the both of you answered Chani’s question.

Junkyu and you immediately turned to look at each other, shock written on both of your faces.

“Ahah! I knew it! You guys were just messing around with me!” Chani said happily. “You guys are just probably trying out this ‘dating’ thing, right?”

“I- well,” you couldn’t answer him. Because now you’re even more confused as to what you and Junkyu are.

Chani smiles at you, “Don’t worry Y/n! If dating Junkyu-hyung doesn’t work out, I’m right here for you,” he beams as he reaches out his hand to pat your head.

“Well, I’ll leave you two to your…’date’ then,” the younger boy snickered before turning to leave. “I’ll see you next week then, Y/n!” he adds before walking away.

Junkyu and you kept quiet as the both of you watched Chani leave the store, his figure slowly disappearing out of sight as he went back towards the route he took earlier.

You looked down at the ramen bowl in front of you. You were so caught up with Chani that you had forgotten about your ramen.

Your hand reached for your chopsticks, wanting to get back to eating your probably-already-soggy ramyeon when Junkyu’s voice startled you–

“No…? You’re…not my girlfriend?” he asks, his voice barely audible, him sounding as if he was confused with his own question.

You placed your chopsticks down again. “Yes? I’m your girlfriend now?” you shot back at him.

You see, when Chani had asked if you were Junkyu’s girlfriend, you had answered ‘No’ whereas Junkyu had answered ‘Yes’.

This was confusing to you as it was to Junkyu, to be honest.

Because before this when the both of you had discussed your relationship status, Junkyu had never verbally addressed you as his girlfriend–not to mention ‘asking’ you to be his girlfriend. He was on the ‘dating’ train all the way– from what you know of.

And now, suddenly, in front of Chani, you are his girlfriend?? Did you miss out on something??

“What do you mean by ‘now’?? And what do you mean when you tell Chani that you're not my girlfriend??” Junkyu asked you, snapping you out of your thoughts.

“What? No, Junkyu, you’re the one that’s confusing me right now. I don’t understand what you want from me– from us,”

“No no, it’s clear to me that you want to appear single and available to Chani, don’t you? Besides, how is he still leeching onto you even after you have ended your course with our company??”

“He’s the new intern at my company that I told you about! I’m his supervisor! I told you this before,”

Junkyu scoffs, “No you didn’t. You were probably enjoying the attention he’s been giving you at work then huh,”

“Kim Junkyu, don’t you dare make assumptions. I remember vividly telling you about Chani being the new intern at my company,”

“No! All you said whenever you talked about the new intern was ‘the new intern’, ‘the intern’ ‘so today our intern brought us all coffee’-- if i had known you had been talking about Chani, I wouldn’t have spared an ear to listen to what he’s been doing at your company.”

You frowned hard at what he said. “Hey! I only left out his name in our conversations because the first time I mentioned his name when I told you I was assigned to be his supervisor, you told me you didn’t like hearing his name coming out of my mouth!”

“Oh so all you did was dismiss his name but you still talked about him all the time!”

“Oh, so I can’t talk about what I do at work and with whom I work with now??”

“I don’t mean that! I just–” Junkyu paused when he felt his phone buzzing in his pocket.

He checked on the text messages his leaders had sent him.

“I gotta go…” he sighs, his voice soft. “I’ll just…I’ll see you tonight,” he said,not even sparing a  glance at you as he got up to leave.

You watched as he left, his back never even turned to say goodbye to you, or heck, to even smile at you.

Your head felt heavy all of a sudden. What was that all about? Have you and Junkyu got into a big fight? Are you both…going to break off whatever you both are having right now?

You swallowed the lump you felt in your throat. You tried to focus back on eating your ramyeon instead of thinking about what just happened, but you couldn’t help but feel sad as to how big of a fight you both had gotten into.

You opened the lid of your over-soaked ramyeon. A sigh escapes your lips. You don’t even feel like eating anymore.

***

Y/n’s Apartment (Nighttime)

Fast forward to the night itself, you were in the kitchen, heating up the casserole that you had prepared when you got back earlier in the afternoon.

The juicy smell of the roasted chicken casserole floated in the air, making you salivate at the thought of the delicious flavours about to hit your taste pallete later when the boys arrived.

‘Ding dong’

You heard the doorbell ring, just as you were placing the heated-up dish onto your dining table.

“Just a sec! I’ll be there soon!” you half-yelled, not sure if they could hear you though.

And well, maybe they didn’t hear you at all then because as you were on your way to the front door, the sound of your passcodes being entered into the system reached your ears.

And then the front door was opened, revealing Jihoon’s cheeky smile as he catches you with your hands on your hips the moment his head pops in the entrance of your home.

“Aigoo, is that really how you’re planning to greet your guests?” he teased, placing his hands on his hips as well to mock you.

“Whatever Park Jihoon, just hurry up and enter so the rest can come in too,” you rushed him.

Jihoon smiles as he hurries his steps towards where you’re standing, greeting his members to come inside now–as if it was his home instead of yours.

Now, you would’ve been nagging this tall boy beside you but your breath got caught when you saw Junkyu entering, his eyes avoiding yours.

You wanted him to at least say hi to you…

But maybe he’s still upset about the fight you both had earlier today.

You let out a quiet sigh and continued to greet the rest of the boys as they entered your home one by one, almost like they were doing a class visit; in which you couldn’t help but to snicker over.

Even Hyunsuk greeted you directly, giving you a brief hug as he passed by you, to which you breathed in relief that he was beginning to warm up to you again.

Ah but of course the rest of the younger boys huddled over you–

“Noona! How are youuuuu” Junghwan dragged his words as he wraps his arms around you, hugging you close to him.

“Aw come on Junghwan, don’t keep her all to yourself,” Yedam complained as he tried to make eye contact with you, wanting to greet you as well.

Junghwan pouts as he lets go of you, as you smile at the rest of the maknae line that are standing in front of you now.

“Alright alright, enough with the greetings. Let’s head to the kitchen!” you said.

You were halfway entering the kitchen when you stopped to look at all 12 of them again.

“Well, uhh maybe not all of you can exactly fit in here…it’ll be quite cramped,” 

“Pshh it’s fine Y/n. It’s not like we’re not used to crowded kitchens,” Haruto assured you.

“Fine.” you stepped one foot into the kitchen. “Oh, uhh, Junkyu? Could you lend me a hand?” 

You could feel your heart beating fast just by singling him out of the rest. You wanted him to stay by your side in the kitchen– only ‘cause it would be easier for the both of you to make the ‘announcement’ if you both were standing side by side, you thought.

“S-sure,” Junkyu responds as he makes his way through his friends to join you entering the kitchen ahead of the rest.

***

In the kitchen, the boys started helping you out– some just taking their chances at tasting every bit of the food you had prepared.

You and Junkyu were at the stovetop, both monitoring the potatoes and veggies that you were making final touches on, Jihoon and Hyunsuk were helping picking out the plates and cutleries for everyone, Asahi and Jeongwoo were busy choosing which drinks to serve out for dinner since they weren’t sure which drinks would suit tonight’s menu– it’s either the grape juice, cola or the sparking peach-flavoured drink that you seem to have too plenty of in the refrigerator.

Mashiho and Yoshi were watching over the dishes that you had already prepared prior to them arriving– not wanting anyone to poke at them since Mashiho had caught Junghwan dipping his finger into one of the sauces to have a quick taste of the food.

Yedam and Doyoung were leaning against the wall near the entrance of the kitchen, just casually chatting and waiting to see if anyone needed their help whereas Haruto and Jaehyuk were busy giggling with one another as they keep exchanging their phones in their hands to show each other the jokes and posts they find funny online.

To be honest it felt nice for you to have this kind of atmosphere in your home. It’s been a while since you had all 12 of them visiting anyways. This reminded you of the time when you all first met and hung out with each other.

You smiled to yourself as you stirred the simmering veggies in front of you.

Junkyu, who was closely beside you noticed you smiling and he elbowed you gently, making you turn your attention to him.

“Hey, what’s up?” you asked him.

“Nothing, you were smiling to yourself. I wanna know what made you smile like that too,”

“Oh? Oh, it’s nothing big. It’s just…i’m having a nice time right now…” you said softly, still smiling gently.

Junkyu wanted to pull you into his arms and hug you tightly close to him just seeing you being so soft right now but he couldn’t because everyone else was in the room with you both right now.

Oh screw it, he thought. If Junghwan can wrap his arms around you and not have the others complaining about it– he could too, no??

And so, Junkyu, braved himself to ignore the fact that the both of you weren’t alone like when he came over for his usual visits to your place– as he slowly slipped his arm around your waist and leaned down to nuzzle his nose against your head.

You were so used to his affectionate gestures when it was just you and him that you didn’t even realise you were responding to his action as you usually do, in which you leaned your head against his arm as he hums softly beside you.

The both of you sighed softly, feeling glad that the tension you both had over lunch had somehow melted away. It was…nice.

However, somehow, the room felt so cold all of a sudden, not to mention, the room sounded quiet– too quiet.

You shivered slightly, Junkyu’s arms still around your waist.

“Oof, why is it suddenly so chilly in here? Did someone turn the temperature down or something?” you asked Junkyu.

Junkyu shrugs, agreeing that he somehow felt chills all over too.

And then the both of you turned around.

And there it was– the whole group– staring at the both of you as if the both of you had just committed the worst crime ever in their books.

Your eyes scanned the whole room, noticing everyone gawking with their eyes wide and they all looked as if they wanted to say something but they were too speechless to say anything.

“Are…you guys…okay…?” you asked slowly, worried that they were possessed or something considering they kinda looked like they were.

“A-all right everyone! Nothing to see there! Hahah let’s just get back to what we’re doing!” Yedam finally said, although his voice was shaking when he said this.

Everyone else looked as if they just snapped out of their trances and slowly tried to resume what they were doing but Junghwan shook his head and marched towards you and Junkyu.

“N-noona! Y-you…” he began to say.

“Yes Junghwan?”

“J-Junkyu-hyung…you…?” he said as he turned to Junkyu now instead of you.

Both you and Junkyu looked at one another briefly, and then you both noticed Junkyu’s arm still around your waist– to which Junkyu immediately pulled his arms away from you.

“I-I uhh, I…” Junkyu stammered.

“Hyung…” Junghwan croaked, his voice slower now.

“A-aish! What’s with you all? Sure, this is the first time Junkyu-hyung has shown affection towards Y/n in front of us. So what?? Shouldn’t we be grateful that our Junkyu-hyung is more comfortable around Y/n now? I mean, we hug Y/n most of the time too,” Doyoung chimed in, confident that this was something normal going on.

“Hahaha you’re right, hyung! He’s right, Junkyu-hyung is just comfortable with y/n now,” Jeongwoo added, as he was getting back to opening the sparkling drink bottle in his hand.

“N-no. That’s not true…” Junkyu said, making everyone turn to look at him.

He looked at you briefly and you nod at him– letting him know that it’s alright for him to keep going.

“Actually, me and Y/n– we have something to tell you all…” he said as he turned back to face his friends.

“Y/n and I…we’re dating,” Junkyu said firmly.

The whole room fell quiet again. This time though, half of the Treasure members looked pleased to hear this, while the other half of them looked too shocked to even move all over again.

“W-what??” Doyoung asked in disbelief.

“Hahaha way to go hyung! I was just glad that Y/n wasn’t dating Chani. I almost thought they were a couple for a while now,” Mashiho chuckled.

Junkyu rolled his eyes at the mention of Chani’s name. You caught him doing this and you shake your head at his response.

“Now, now. Let’s not make snarky remarks about our friend, Chani,” you told them all, not wanting Chani to be dragged into this all over again. If anything, Chani can be a bit pushy and needy at times but all in all, he’s still your friend.

Junkyu pouts at what you said.

“Okay, okay! We get it, you’re both happy together, let’s not rub it in our faces!” Jihoon voices out as he smiles at the both of you. “Let’s just cheer for the happy couple, WOOH!” he claps his hands, making the rest join in on the clapping as well.

You smiled at all of them, grateful that they were all so supportive of this. They really are nice people…

Everyone was beginning to get back to what they were doing in the first place when you noticed Junghwan still standing not too far from you.

“Hey…you okay Hwannie?” you asked as you approached him after you turned the fire down on the stove.

“I’m fine…I’m just shocked.” he said, his eyes blinking a couple times as he stared down at his shoes.

“Aww hey, you’ll still be my favourite baby in the group. Even though I have another bigger baby to watch over now,” you snickered as you turned to look at Junkyu, to which Junkyu scrunched his nose in response to what you said.

“But you never said anything to me…I thought we were close, noona…” Junghwan said, his voice barely audible now.

Junkyu felt bad seeing his maknae all sullen so he approached the both of you to help cheer him up as well.

“We were having a hard time choosing when to tell you all, but hey, we’re just glad that we managed to share the good news with everyone now,” you replied Junghwan as you reached your hand out to gently pat his head.

“So are you and Junkyu-hyung a couple now then? Officially? You’re his girlfriend now?” Junghwan asks, his eyes looking into yours now.

“W-well–” you began to say but you stopped. 

Junkyu noticed you pausing your answer and he interrupts– “ you’ve got to be kidding me, Y/n,”

“What?” you turned to him. Your hand was no longer on Junghwan now. 

“Why is it so hard for you to admit it?? We are a couple, you are my girlfriend. What, are you trying to make yourself seem available to this poor kid here too??”

“Oh my god, Junkyu. What nonsense are you blabbing now?? Don’t drag Junghwan into this as well!”

“You’re the one who keeps pressing for us to let our friends know that we’re together! And yet every time when someone asks if you’re my girlfriend, you’d hesitate. Why? Did you want to say ‘No’ again this time?”

“Junkyu,” you frowned at him.

“I don’t get it. First, Chani, now, Junghwan? Do you even want to be with me?” Junkyu asks, his voice shaky now as he was getting emotional. What if you were having second thoughts of being with him?

“Junkyu! That’s not possible! Of course I want to be with you!” you said exasperatedly, sad that he would even think you wouldn’t want to be him. “I’m just– so confused! Because the whole time when we were discussing what and when to tell our friends about us, you kept on pressing on the term ‘dating’ and when I asked you a couple times if I was actually considered as your girlfriend, you’d just say ‘what difference does it make? We’re together now, we’re dating, that’s that’. How was I supposed to understand?? And then when I admit to Chani that we are indeed dating, but I wasn’t officially your girlfriend, you start acting all bitter about what I say!”

“G-guys, let’s not fight–” Hyunsuk tried to stop you both from bantering but Junkyu interrupted him to answer you back.

“Oh god Y/n, how else do you want me to spell it out then?? I am your boyfriend, you are my girlfriend. We are dating. We are a couple! That’s that,” he said frustratedly.

You shake your head, tears flowing down your cheeks now. “No. That’s not how it works, Junkyu. I–,” you swallowed the lump in your throat. “I need to get out of here. I can’t do this again,” you wiped the stray tear on your chin with the back of your hand.

You walked out of the kitchen, and Jaehyuk tried to reach out to you to stop you but Haruto stopped him, shaking his head and telling his hyung that they shouldn’t get involved with what’s going on.

Junkyu too, shakes his head and storms out of the kitchen to leave. Considering this was your house, he didn’t know where to head to though, and he clearly heard your front door shutting earlier so he assumed you went to cool off outside. He decided to just go to your room and wait to see if you’d come back inside again. 

What was happening? Why does everything keep messing up between the two of you?

***

In the kitchen, the rest of the boys were all too stunned to even move. Well, except for Mashiho as he walks up towards the stove to switch the fire off. Sure, his friends are fighting but that’s not reason enough to let the house catch on fire, he thought.

Junghwan was still standing in the same spot he had been in when both you and Junkyu started fighting in front of him.

Asahi and Jeongwoo both approached him and pulled him into their arms, giving him a group hug.

“Did I say something wrong? I’ve never seen noona that upset before…” he whispered to his hyungs as they stayed hugging him.

“No no, this is their fight. They’ll work it out on their own,” Jeongwoo assured the maknae. Junghwan nods gently in response to his hyung.

“Wow. I feel like I’ve just seen a real life K-drama fight scene,” Yoshi said, his hand patting his chest, finally being able to breathe well after holding it the whole time both you and Junkyu had been arguing before.

“This is crazy. One minute we were congratulating them, another minute they were already on the verge of breaking up or something,” Jihoon sighs out loud.

“This can’t happen.” Hyunsuk said as he shook his head. “We can’t leave them be like this,” 

“Huh? What are we supposed to do then, hyung?” Jihoon asks the leader.

“I need to talk some sense into Junkyu. He can’t leave Y/n like that. He needs to fix this,” Hyunsuk started walking towards the kitchen entrance before stopping to turn to Jihoon to say, “Jihoon, you go look for Y/n and talk to her. We need to fix them up. Neither of them deserve to be in this situation,”

“Me??” Jihoon asked back, surprised that Hyunsuk wanted him to talk to you. Usually he’d be the one to talk to Junkyu. Hyunsuk had already left the room so clearly he can’t back off now can he? 

Jihoon shrugs to himself as he steps out of the kitchen, only to see Jaehyuk leaning against the wall beside the entrance.

“Hyung…do you need me to come with you to talk to y/n?” he asks, his voice soft, lined with worry.

“Nah, it’s okay. I’ll talk to her on my own,”

To be continued…

#aliy #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #treasure members #all treasure members #kim junkyu #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 41)

Chapter 41 - Our Date!

Word count: 5.4k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello hello ^^ Our couple is finally going out on their first official date! Also, I think this could be the longest chapter by far I’ve written over these past few months fhdhdh literally 14 pages worth in my laptop >< anyways, enjoy! Love you all <3<3

It has been over a month since the Treasure members knew of you and Junkyu being a couple, and now that everyone knows, the both of you had no problem showcasing your affection for each other.

If anything, the boys would frequently see you hanging out at their Dorm 1, with you spending time in Junkyu’s room (mostly napping with him but surely the rest of the boys don’t know that– they kept teasing Junkyu about ‘bringing a girl over’) and sometimes you would come over to cook meals for them; to which the rest of the Treasure boys from Dorm 2 and 3 would come over to join.

The Treasure boys enjoyed having you committed to them, it was almost like having  a sister/mother figure at times, they were seeing more of you, and they had nothing to complain about it.

It was a Tuesday when the boys were gathered in one of the company’s main recording rooms, taking turns to record their parts for one of the songs Asahi had produced for their upcoming album.

“Should I do it again? It doesn’t sound right, no?” Junghwan asks from inside the recording area, signaling to Asahi who was sitting outside the glass window, directing the recording session of course.

“I think you did it really well on your first try already,” Asahi states, a serious expression on his face. “But we can do it one more time if you want to,”

“I think I’ll just do another time,” Junghwan grins as he fixes the headphones on his head, getting ready to record again.

Jihoon, who had been watching on the side, cheered for the maknae, “YES SO JUNGHWAN YOU CAN DO THIS!”

Asahi turns to his hyung, holding a finger to his ear, “You’re too loud, hyung. It’s not like he can hear you. I turned off the mic here, see,” he points to the mic button in front of him.

“I know. I just wanted to mess with you,” Jihoon grins at Asahi, earning him a smirk from the handsome Japanese fellow before he returns to being serious with the recordings again.

Jihoon walks away from them, not wanting to bother them any further, thinking that he might as well just join the rest who were lounging on the long sofa near the room’s entrance.

Jeongwoo was already asleep, probably tired out from school today. He still hasn’t recorded his part too, in which Asahi would probably let the younger boy record last since he’d probably let Jeongwoo nap a little longer to let him get the needed rest.

Jihoon squeezed himself into the space between Junkyu and Hyunsuk, sitting himself comfortably between them.

“Aigoo, why are you squeezing through here Jihoon-aa? There’s much more space on that side,” Hyunsuk complained as he fixed his sitting posture now that Jihoon was crowding his space.

“Yeahh, go sit somewhere else, hyung! There, there. There’s no one sitting beside Yedam there,” Junkyu pointed out to Yedam who was sitting alone at the end of the sofa, his head low as he worked on the lyrics he had been fixing for another one of their other songs.

“No, I wanna sit here. Exactly here.” Jihoon argues, a teasing smile on his face.

Junkyu grimaced at his hyung and moved closer towards Jeongwoo who was still napping soundly.

Junghwan stepped out of the recording area and thanked his Asahi-hyung before approaching his leaders.

“Hyung, since I’m done with my part, can I go join the rest at the cafeteria?” Junghwan asks, his cute smile showing in spite of his thick voice.

“Sure, sure. While you’re there, tell the rest to stop hanging out over there. They’ve been there for almost an hour now,” Jihoon answered him.

Hyunsuk however sits up straight when he hears this, “Nah, just let them stay there. They’ve had busy schedules for a while now. Besides, they did their part already,”

“Okay then, if you say so hyung,” Jihoon shrugs. “Okay then kiddo, you can run off now,” he says as he shoos the maknae away.

Junghwan gave his hyungs an appreciative grin before he turned to dash off from the room.

“Okay, next, Yedamie!” Asahi called out towards the guy sitting at the end of the sofa.

“Hang on, hang on. I have a verse stuck in my mind right now,” the focused boy replied, his head still low as his hands scribbled on the paper in his hand– to which he shakes his head in disapproval before he scribbles something again as his mouth hums an inaudible tune.

Asahi leans back into his cushiony chair and nods even though he knew Yedam wasn’t looking at him.

“Okay then. We’ll just take a short break first,” Asahi said.

“I can do my part first if you’re fine with it,” Junkyu offered.

“Nah, it’s fine. We need a break anyway.” Asahi says, a short sigh escaping his breath, grateful that the song recording was almost at its end.

“Aigoo, are you that excited to leave work and meet your girlfriend already Kyu-aa?” Jihoon smirked as he elbowed his best friend beside him.

“What are you saying? I’m heading back to the dorms with you guys later on,” Junkyu responds as he turns to look at Jihoon.

“Yeah sure, as if we don’t know either one of you would scurry off to meet one another right after dinner or sometime before that,”

“Heyy what are you, a stalker now?” Junkyu pouts at his hyung, weirded by the fact that his hyung here knows his daily routine of meeting you now. Was it that obvious that I couldn’t stand the idea of not meeting Y/n??

Jihoon leans close towards Junkyu, a teasing grin on his face, “What can I say? I am obsessed with the both of you. Might as well just be a sasaeng fan for the both of you–”

“Aigoo Jihoon-aa, enough teasing the poor boy,” Hyunsuk interrupts. “I don’t want you turning into a person that disrespects people’s privacy, you know.”

Jihoon scoots further from his best friend and instead leans in towards Hyunsuk now. “Alright, alright. I’ll stop here. We don’t want our Junkyu to cry now, do we?”

Yedam raised his head to look at his hyungs. “You hyungs seem to be having fun,” he grins.

“Oh? Are you done with your lyrics Damie?” Hyunsuk asks, turning his head to look at the younger boy.

“Yeah.” Yedam gets up from his spot and stretches his arms upwards, doing some other stretching movements to refresh his body again after sitting for quite some time.

“It’s okay Yedam, we can start a bit later. We still have time,” Asahi assured him, not wanting Yedam to feel pressured into recording his part right away, especially since he’s been working hard on his songs too.

“Alrighty. Thanks, hyung,” Yedam smiled at Asahi.

“Well then,” Jihoon voices out, “Since we’re not here to tease Junkyu, I’ll change the topic then.You all have any plans for this coming weekend?”

“Oh? Why the sudden question?” Hyunsuk asks back.

“I mean, I don’t think we should just stay at home, no? It’s our final weekend before we start preparing for our comeback.”

“Oh, right! We’re shooting some videos too next week,” Yedam remembered.

“Exactly.” Jihoon nods, his arms crossing over his chest now. “So? Let’s go out and enjoy ourselves, shall we?” he smiles at the rest of his friends in the room, to which they reacted with thoughtful expressions on their faces, taking his suggestion into consideration it seems.

“I don’t know…shouldn’t we rest more since our schedules will be packed after this?” Junkyu wondered aloud.

“Eyy, but think about it Junkyu-aa. You’d be so busy with schedules you wouldn’t have time to even go on late night walks,” Jihoon stated.

“Huh? But I rarely go on night walks,”

“It’s just an example,” Jihoon sighs. “Besides, since you have a girlfriend now, why don’t you take her out on a date or something. You won’t be seeing her every day anymore once we get busy you know,” Jihoon added, reminding Junkyu that his daily routine of meeting you won’t be easy now.

Junkyu kept quiet for a while, taking in what his hyung said. 

“Well if Junkyu-hyung is going on a date with Y/n, then the rest of us should go someplace we can have fun too then,” Yedam chimes in, breaking the silence. “Let’s go to a park or something!” 

“Yes!! That’s the spirit!” Jihoon cheers excitedly. He glances over Jeongwoo who was still napping soundly on the end of the sofa. “Aigoo, poor kid. He must’ve been really tired from today. I heard he had a dance performance unit to perform with his class,”

“Yeah, and we’re getting ready for our comeback too. Must be a lot for him too,” Yedam said as he walked over towards the sleeping boy, his hand gently ruffling Jeongwoo’s hair, feeling soft for their second maknae.

“So…are you taking Y/n out this weekend?” Hyunsuk spoke, surprising the rest since he had been quiet for a couple minutes.

“Me?” Junkyu asked back, realising that this was a dumb question on his part because obviously Hyunsuk-hyung was talking to him.

“No, Asahi. Duhh, of course Hyunsuk-hyung was asking you, silly,” Jihoon giggled.

“I..guess? I mean, we always stay in on the weekends. So maybe going out isn’t a bad idea,” Junkyu shrugs at his hyung’s question, even though he knows that he’s always liked spending time just staying over at your place and just watching something on your TV and ordering in takeouts.

“Nice! That’s our romantic hyung!” Yedam said happily. “So? Where are you taking her?”

“I don’t know yet…” 

“Okay okay don’t worry, we’ll help you choose something. Gosh, it’s at times like this I wish Jaehyuk is with us. Or Yoshi. Those two have some romance-kicking ideas all the time I tell you,” Jihoon said.

“I thought Doyoung was the romantic in our group,” Junkyu tilts his head.

“Hey, have faith in your other members too! Besides, if you go about it with Doyoung’s way, you might end up proposing to Y/n instead of asking her out on a date,” Jihoon retorts, earning laughs from Yedam and Asahi.

Junkyu pouts, not enjoying being the only one teased in the room.

“Why not take her out to that bear museum? You guys could take pictures outside the place and then I don’t know, go for ice cream after,” Asahi throws in his idea, focusing them back on their conversation.

“Or hey, you can take Y/n to Lotte World! They let you rent school uniforms there, right? We’ve never seen Y/n in a school uniform before, wouldn’t you want to see her in a cute uniform, hyung?” Yedam suggested, making Junkyu blush. “Besides, Y/n has never been to Lotte World. I remember talking about it and she told me she’s never been there,”

“Tsk tsk, poor girl. All that prettiness and cuteness and yet she has never been to Lotte World, never worn those cute uniforms like the rest of the girls we know,” Jihoon tutted, shaking his head.

“Hey, she’s only moved to the city from Haenam a few years ago, cut her some slack,” Hyunsuk said, defending you. 

“Also Junkyu, if you do take Y/n to Lotte World, don’t tell these people here what you both will be doing or don’t show us pictures. We already know who’d be fawning over your girlfriend and teasing her once she puts on those pink uniforms,” Hyunsuk adds, to which Jihoon responds with a playful wink. He then lets out a yelp shortly after Hyunsuk pinches his cheek. “Especially this tease machine here,”

“Hahahaha tease machine! Good one, hyung,” Asahi laughs.

“Hmm…what about you hyung? Any date ideas?” Junkyu asked his Hyunsuk-hyung this time since he would trust Hyunsuk to have a good idea too, considering he did like you for a while before this. Surely his hyung had pictured taking you out too, no?

“Oh? You’re asking me?” Hyunsuk points to himself, surprised Junkyu would even ask him. But of course, he knew the type of date you would be into. He’s been close with you for some time now, and to be honest, there was a time he had planned on bringing you out on dates but he never got the chance ever since he knew Junkyu liked you too.

Junkyu nods, waiting for his hyung to share his idea.

“Well, if it’s me…” he stopped, correcting himself quickly, “I mean– if you’re talking about Y/n, I think I would– well, you could bring her out for a quick lunch at a small shop, talk over stuff and maybe crack in some jokes, just make her laugh and all that. And then…bring her to the movies and you both can make quiet commentaries with each other while you watch the movie. Share some movie snacks and drink, and then after the movies maybe you’d like to have a stroll with her, taking in your surroundings and then stop by for some dinner at a pretty place before walking her home,”

Hyunsuk felt his heart ache slightly picturing you and Junkyu holding hands, laughing together– he imagined the both of you walking back to the apartments and him leaning in to kiss you good night–

Hyunsuk shook the thought of you and his friend out from his mind. “Well, I guess that’s all I have for a date idea. It’s simple but I think it suits Y/n in some sense.”

“Wow…” Yedam breathes out. He clapped his hands few times, “That actually sounds good too, hyung. I could literally picture Junkyu-hyung and Y/n going on that kind of date.”

“Hmm and you said we need Yoshi-hyung and Jaehyuk to give us romantic ideas. We have a romance king here too,” Asahi smiles at Hyunsuk, to which Hyunsuk shakes his head in disapproval of the title Asahi gave him.

“Hmm…I think I might have some rough ideas now on how I can take Y/n out on our date this coming weekend. Thank you all for your ideas,” Junkyu replied gratefully to his friends. He felt motivated to plan out his date more confidently now.

“Aw hey, why isn’t anyone asking for my idea,” Jihoon whined since he had been waiting for someone to ask him as well.

“Aigoo hyung. You might end up suggesting a date that would embarrass Y/n. We all know how you like to tease her. Taking up your idea might not really be a good idea, you know,” Yedam responds to his hyung’s whine.

“Heyyy I don’t tease her that much! Junkyu, hear my idea out, come on,”

Junkyu grins and shakes his head, enjoying the fact that they were all teasing Jihoon now. “No no. I don’t trust your ideas enough hyung,”

“Aw come onnnn. Hyunsuk-hyung, tell them that I have great ideas too,” 

Hyunsuk smiles and shakes his head as well. “I don’t know, Hoon-aa. You might be the one causing Junkyu to embarrass himself in front of Y/n too,” he said, joining in on the teasing now.

“No way! Listen up first–” Jihoon continued in a whiny tone.

***

Y/n’s Apartment (Night time)

“Hm? A date?” you asked Junkyu when he suddenly brought the topic up as you were pouring the hot water into the teapot on your dining table, Junkyu seated opposite your stance.

“Yeah, I figured that since I’ll be super busy starting next week, maybe it’s nice if we could go out together, you know?” Junkyu answered you, mentally facepalming himself for saying that he was the one that figured for the both of you to go out– when in reality it was his friends that had suggested it.

“Hmm,” you hummed as you thought of this ‘date’ he mentioned.

You placed the kettle back onto the stovetop before grabbing the jar of sugar and returning back to the table. You scooped two spoons into the teapot, glancing up to look at Junkyu, him nodding back at you– indicating that the amount was good enough for the tea.

Placing the jar aside and proceeding to stir the tea, you spoke, “Well if we’re going out, I think Saturday would be a nice day then,”

“Oh? Do you have plans on Sunday?” Junkyu asked.

“Sort of, I’m planning to meet someone and just spend the whole day with him,” you shrugged.

“Huh?? Who is this ‘him’??” Junkyu suddenly panicked at the thought of you spending time with a nameless man; one he doesn’t know of.

You raised your eyebrows at his reaction. “Why? You don’t like it when I spend time with this guy?”

“I didn’t say that,” he huffs, slight dissatisfaction showing on his face. “I just don’t know who this ‘guy’ you’re suddenly mentioning of now,”

You smiled a little. How is it that your boyfriend is this gullible? He’s a smart guy, definitely, but you couldn’t help but enjoy teasing him like this. Ah, have I started becoming more like Jihoon now? You realised that you’ve been teasing Junkyu a lot nowadays. 

Huh, must be Jihoon’s traits rubbing off on you, you thought.

“Y/n,” Junkyu called out to your name, just before you end up over-filling the mug in front of you.

“Oh, sorry. I was…distracted.” you said as you shake your head. You handed him the mug filled with the tea and poured yourself another mug as well.

After you finally sat down in front of him, Junkyu stared at you seriously, still waiting for you to answer his question from before.

“You still haven’t answer me though,”

You simply smiled at him, taking a sip from your mug.

“Oh, so he’s a secret friend?”

You shrug in response, only making Junkyu more curious on who this person you’re referring to is.

“It’s fine. I don’t want to force you into telling me things you don’t want to so…” he said, trying to sound genuine about it but you could tell he was upset as he was sipping his tea aggressively.

You couldn’t watch him get teased like this anymore. You started giggling, him looking at you with a confused expression now.

“Oh Junkyu…I was just messing with you!” you said in between giggles.

 “Obviously, I planned on meeting you and spending the day with you! You’re gonna be busy soon so I might as well take all of the time you have and make you spend it with me,” you smirked. “Sounds a bit selfish of me, but then again, I don’t think I’m a good sharer,”

Junkyu placed his mug onto the table, his nostrils slightly flaring after listening to what you said. “Yahhhh don’t do that! I was worried that you were–”

You didn’t let him finish his sentence, “Okay, okay. That was my bad,” you giggled. “Now now, let’s get back to our date topic again,” you said as you reached your hand out to hold his on the table.

Junkyu pouts, intertwining his fingers with yours, gently running his thumb against your fingers.

You smiled gently at him. “Do you have a place in mind?”

Junkyu raised his head to look at you, your soft gaze making his chest feel warm all over. “Well…I was thinking of taking you out for some arcade games, some dessert and then I kind of booked us a spot at this one dinnerplace…It’s not fancy but–”

“Sounds lovely,” you interrupt him before he could think negatively of his own idea. “I’ll dress up nicely,” you smiled happily, giving his hand a squeeze.

Junkyu too, smiled wider at the thought of the both finally going out on your first real date on the coming weekend. “Okay, I’ll do my best to look good too!”

“Please,” you scoffed. “You always look good. Let’s not steal the spotlight from me,” 

Junkyu grinned at what you said. He pulled you closer and plants a soft peck on your hand, his thumb grazing your knuckles gently after.

You blushed at this. “Y-yah, you’ve gotten quite daring in showing your affection nowadays,” 

“I can’t help it! You…you just make me feel so warm and happy. I genuinely, really love being with you, Y/n…” he said, his face flushing as he admits this.

You rolled your eyes at him, although you could hear your heart beating fast from what he said. “Sure, Junkyu, sure,” You grabbed your mug and took another long sip from it before turning to look at him again, “You’re such a cute dork, Junkyu. It pains me to be so smitten by you.” 

***

Saturday (Y/n and Junkyu’s date - IKEA)

“I’m so sorry we had to change our plans, Junkyu,” you apologised for the third time, now that the both of you have stepped into the main entrance of the IKEA store. You had apologised to him first when he came over to your apartment unit to pick you up for your date, apologised the second time when you showed him the broken pieces of wood beneath your furniture in your bedroom, telling him that you might have to take some time of your date to go find a replacement for the piece of wood that broke.

But you didn’t expect him to bring you to IKEA straight away. You were expecting to find just some second-hand item to help replace the broken piece, that’s all.

“No, it’s okay! This is important, so we should get it settled first,” he assured you.

“Okay but…” your voice falters as your eyes scan the crowd in front of you. “...you didn’t have to take me to IKEA directly…”

Junkyu was already holding onto your hand, his grip tight. “W-well…I didn’t expect it to be this crowded either.” he gulped. “I mean, besides that, we need to get you a new bed! I can’t have my girlfriend sleeping on the floor!”

“Junkyu you do know I have a sofa right…”

“Nooo! I’m not having my girl sleeping on the couch! You’re my sleeping beauty, so I can’t be finding you on the sofa. That wouldn’t be like in the storybooks,”

You narrowed your eyes at him. “Have you been taking pick-up line classes with Doyoung again?”

Junkyu blushed, embarrassed. “H-hey, Doyoung told me that you’re a princess and that I should do my best to cater to you always,”

You smirk at his explanation, despite the cringe you felt when he mentioned Doyoung telling him that you’re a princess. I swear, that man is really the king of flirts, you shook your head at the thought.

The both of you started walking slowly within the crowds, wanting to find the bedroom section.

You were glad that despite the both of you dressing up nicely today, Junkyu managed to conceal his identity a little, what with the black cap he wore over his head, his clothes weren’t too fancy too, you thought. He could pull off as a regular college student from this point of view, you thought.

Coincidentally, the both of you were similarly colour-coded though. The both of you had worn a white undershirt (Junkyu’s was round neck, which was barely visible as it was covered by his black knitted sweater, whereas you had worn a collared white shirt, an oversized black sweater with a pokemon character printed on the center of its front), the both of you wore dark navy blue for your bottoms (Junkyu wearing dark navy blue jeans with his white sneakers, in contrast to his black sweater and cap. You wore a navy blue plain skater skirt that rested up to your mid-thigh, paired with your tall black boots that covered your shins). If anything, the both of you looked like those typical lovey-dovey college couples that dress up matchingly for dates. 

Which isn’t bad at all, considering the both of you really blend into the crowd like any other young couples in the place.

The both of you continued moving amongst the crowd, going up the escalator, the crowd finally breaking up since everyone started to part their ways to different departments of the store.

“We’re almost there now,” you heard Junkyu breathe out softly as he guides you. His hands still held onto yours, even though his body was slightly walking ahead of you.

You smiled to yourself, watching Junkyu’s broad back facing you, him leading you towards the bedroom section on the floor. You followed closely behind him, avoiding to bump into people who were walking the opposite direction of the both of you.

So this is how it’s like, shopping with your boyfriend, you thought. 

You couldn’t help but to feel giddy and warm all over with just the thought of going out with Junkyu. This is the first time you both went out together in public together. The first time you both went to someplace where it’s not just the both of you or with the other members around.

You love him. You love him so much that he literally makes your heart race with just simple gestures– like how he’s holding your hand and carefully guiding you around like as if you might get lost if he lets go of you.

“We’re here,” he said, turning around to face you, his cute smile beaming at you.

You stopped in your steps, as so you wouldn’t bump into him. You looked over the side of his arm and saw the various bedroom sets displayed in front of you.

“Wow! The designs here are so pretty!” you couldn’t help but to exclaim excitedly, “They’re like real-life bedrooms!”

Junkyu lets go of your hand, proceeding to wrap his arm around your shoulder, pulling you close to him.

He lowers his head, nuzzling his nose against your cheek, “Let’s go pick my baby a new bed, hm? You can pick whichever you want, it’s my treat,” he said softly, his close proximity making you blush.

“Y-yah! What? You think I can’t afford my own bed?” you stammered.

Junkyu was already standing straight now, looking down at you from his height beside you. He gives you a sheepish grin, “Of course! But today is all about you, Y/n. I want to give you everything nice, you deserve it. My baby deserves it all,” 

This man! Since when did he start being the expert with flattery?? You could feel your skin feeling hot from the intense blushing you’ve been trying to hold in.

You took a deep breath, not wanting to make it obvious that Junkyu had this much effect on you just from these small actions he’s been doing. “G-gosh…if you keep giving me everything nice, I might end up not being able to give you anything good enough in return,” you mumbled, not looking at him.

“You don’t have to give me anything, Y/n. You’re already everything I ever wanted,” he said, smiling softly at you.

Bruh you could’ve cried just hearing him saying all these sweet things. Junkyu was swooning you so much, and it’s only been your first official date with him.

You looked away from Junkyu, your eyes roaming around the area you both were in. “W-wow! Look at that bed! It’s so pretty, l-let’s go look at it!” you said as you pulled him along with you towards the random bed that caught your eye.

***

Junkyu and Y/n (IKEA / Bedroom Section)

“Ah, what about this one?” Junkyu pointed out at a simple double-wood bedframe in front of him.

You were panting behind him, finally catching up with him. “Slow down, Kyu-aa! You’re moving around too fast,” 

He gives you an apologetic smile, “I’m sorry,”

“Sure,” you said, catching your breath as you approached him.

You had thought that the quest of finding you a bed was easier than this. At the beginning of your IKEA ‘date’, you were the one that was ahead of Junkyu, showing him 2-3 beds that you thought would fit your room well.

But it seems like Junkyu was the one that had gotten more invested in picking your bed for you. This was the 10th bed you both had stopped by, and you certainly don’t plan to spend your whole day just getting to know the different type of beds they offer at this place.

Junkyu sat down on the bed, patting it a few times, before turning to you to say, “Come sit here, I think this bed would suit you well,”

“This better be the bed we’re bringing home, Junkyu. I might throw up if we’re looking through any more,” 

You tilt your head as you noticed something. “Wait a minute, this is a queen-sized bed, Junkyu. I told you, we’re looking for a super-single sized.”

“No way, it’s almost the same size too, only slightly bigger. You should get this one.” he convinced you. “And this one seems sturdy too, so it’ll probably last longer than the one you had– even if you had the old bed’s base replaced,” 

You rolled your eyes. “Fine. I guess we could take this one,”

Junkyu smiled at your decision. “Yay! Now come sit! You should test out this mattress too,” he said, patting the spot beside him.

“Wh-what? N-no Junkyu, we’re only getting a bed, a bed frame. Why are we testing out the mattresses too?” 

“But your old mattress wouldn’t fit into this new bedframe…It would be too small wouldn’t it?” 

You pursed your lips. He has a point. You let out a sigh, “Okay then. Scoot over, let me—”

“Ah! Excuse me! So sorry!” A guy accidentally bumps his elbow against your back as he tried to chase after his girlfriend, causing you to trip forward and falling ahead in front of you.

“Hey! Watch where you’re going!” you barked at the guy, but he seemed to ignore the fact that he had made you fell over.

“Uhh, Y-y/n…”Junkyu’s voice muttered softly in front of you.

“Yeah? What is it–” you stopped talking when you noticed the position you were in.

It seems that you have tripped forward onto the bed (which is good, at least you didn’t break any nails or anything right?), and somehow ended up falling on top of Junkyu, though your arms had broken your fall, making you hover on top of him instead and not landing directly on top of him.

But that’s not the point! No matter how you look at it, it seems as if you were trapping Junkyu in between your arms.

You froze in your position. 

What is this??

You were too embarrassed to move. You could sense people around the place glancing over the both of you, whispering judgements about how shameful this couple’s behaviour is.

Junkyu stayed still, his figure laying down on the soft mattress, with you still hovering on top of him.

“Y/n…hey, you okay?” he asked, noticing that you had gone pale, and somehow you had somehow frozen in fear or something.

“Hey…it’s okay. It’s okay, everything’s fine,” he whispered softly. He lifts his hand to caress your cheek. “It’s okay, Y/n. We just have to get up, and everything will be fine, okay?”

You blinked a couple times, feeling Junkyu’s warm touch on your cheek. Oh, right. Your mind had somehow drifted off someplace else.

You nod back at him, backing away, letting him sit up from his current position.

His thighs were still trapped in between your knees since you haven’t fully backed yourself off the bed.

Junkyu fixed his cap and nods at you, giving you a gentle smile. “Okay, so we’ll get this bed then?”

You blushed. “S-sure. The mattress seems good, no?” you try to keep your composure as you backed away further, trying to get yourself off the bed now.

“Yup! I told you, this one is good for you!” Junkyu smiles happily now, feeling proud that you agreed to his pick.

“Yeah..” you smiled shyly in return. 

You noticed that people were no longer paying attention to the both of you, making you feel relieved. 

Junkyu places his hand on your head. “Okay then, let’s just get the code for the bed—”

“OH COME ON. GET A ROOM YOU TWO!” a familiar voice said, making the both of you turn around to see who it was.

Surely enough, it was none other than Yedam, a cheeky grin on his face as he held up his phone in your direction.

“Oh my god,” you said as you cover your face with your hands.

To be continued…

#sandwichrin #aliy #treasure #treasure fanfic #ygtreasure #treasure fic #teufic #alltreasuremembers #all treasure members #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 35)

Chapter 35 - Back to reality Word count: 4.4k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello~ I’m back with chapter 35! Drama lesgoooo >< I’m jk, i miss you all! Hope y’all enjoy this one 🧡💖 i miss reading y’all’s comments too! Take care and love y’all <3

It had been a day after your Treasure friends had returned to the city, and now it was your turn to leave.

Dongyun helped put your luggage into the trunk of the cab that your boss had sent out to Haenam to go pick you up—as he had promised when he had sent you away last week.

“Ahh, this sucks,” your childhood friend sighs out loud. “Sure I can’t have you to stay for another week?” he asks.

“You tell that to Joonyoung-ssi,” you said as you rolled your eyes. “Oh wait, I mean, Mr Bae;” you corrected as you remembered that your boss’ mum was standing not far from you and Dongyun.

Dongyun chuckled at your action, him wrapping an arm around your shoulder. “Gosh, I was getting used to having you around too,”

“I know. But hey, your semester break is ending soon too, no? You won’t be here either if I stayed any longer you know,”

Dongyun was about to answer you back when he felt someone pinching his forearm, making him yelp.

“Ahhh! Aunt Nari what was that for??” He unwrapped his arm from you and rubbed the spot that got pinched on his other arm.

“Hmph. You had the nerve to put your arm around my girl here when you rejected her countless of times now,” the lady grumbled, making you laugh out loud as your friend gets nagged upon by her.

“Now—I didn’t reject her. I rejected the idea of marrying her and being matchmade with her,” he corrected Aunt Nari.

“Aigoo! Exactly the same! Now, don’t stand too close to Y/n. I’m gonna take good care of her and make sure my future son-in-law wouldn’t have to worry about being jealous of you two,” she nagged as she pushes Dongyun to the side gently.

You scrunched your face at what you heard. “Ew who are you matchmaking me with again this time?”

“Hey! Be nice! It’s that gentleman friend of yours of course! Jaehyuk-ssi will definitely take good care of you, you know.” She beamed happily just by the mention of Jaehyuk. Wow, he must’ve really impressed your Aunt Nari; you thought.

Dongyun burst out laughing as he heard this. “Hah, Aunt Nari is shipping you with another guy aside from Junkyu!”

“H-hey! You don’t have to say it out that loud!”

“Hm? Junkyu? I was talking about Jaehyuk, Dongyun-aa. Did you clean your ears properly this week?” Aunt Nari responded, missing the point of what Dongyun had meant earlier.

“Nooo I was saying—”

“Okay, okay hold it up you both. Let’s not talk about my love life any further, please?” you stopped them before their discussion could escalate. Gosh, why are they so interested in your love life though?? If you had let their conversation gone any further you wouldn’t be surprised they’ll be talking about naming your future kids too. You shuddered from the thought.

 *

YG Building (Treasure’s Practice Room)

Junghwan entered the practice room with his bagpack hanging on one side of his shoulder. He was still in his school uniform too, implying that their manager had just fetched both him and Jeongwoo from school.

“Oh, Junghwan! Where’s Jeongwoo?” Jihoon greeted the maknae when he sees the boy entering the room.

“He’s just stopping by the convenience store downstairs,”

“Huh, he better not get any more ramen cup. He’s had two yesterday.” The leader complained to himself.

“Enough about that, hyung,” Junghwan said as he approaches Jihoon who was sitting on the floor.

It seemed like they were all just chilling in the room. Probably waiting for the rest of their members to arrive before they begin with practice.

The only ones in the room right now were Jihoon, Hyunsuk, Junkyu, Yoshi and Yedam. Including Junghwan that had just arrived of course. The rest were probably hanging out somewhere else in the building.

Junghwan places his bag beside his hyung, sitting beside him right after.

“Hyung, how was the trip at Y/n-noona’s hometown? Did you all have fun??”

“Aigoo, why are you asking me? You should ask Jaehyuk since you guys live in the same dorm,”

“No way. When he arrived last night he immediately entered his room,” Junghwan pouted. “Instead, when I asked about how the trip went, he replied with ‘Later~’,” Junghwan imitated his Jaehyuk’s singsong voice, making Jihoon laugh.

“So yeah, tell meeee,” Junghwan pleaded.

“Alright, alright,” Jihoon said as he laughs. “I can show you pictures I took there,” he picked his phone up from the cold floor, unlocking his phone screen to open up the gallery.

Junghwan scoots over close to his hyung excitedly, ready to see pictures of the places you grew up in, not to mention pictures of you; he hoped. He hadn’t seen you for over a week and he had missed you terribly in that short period of time too.

The both of them focused on Jihoon’s phone with him telling about the places from the pictures. He showed your school, your favorite bakery, the local convenience store where you and Dongyun posed with V signs in front of it, the beautiful fields that you had brought them on tour through.

Hyunsuk, Junkyu, Yoshi and Yedam listened as well to Jihoon’s description of the pictures—even though they weren’t looking at the pictures themselves, they smiled as they listened to him talk.

Junghwan listened attentively; almost like an innocent child listening to a bedtime story as he stares in amazement at the pictures Jihoon showed him. He was amazed by the place you grew up in, the places you liked. In fact, he was amazed how such a small town had produced such a wonderful person like you; his favorite noona.

While he was happy looking at the beautiful sceneries and places that Jihoon had took photos of, he couldn’t help but wonder if his Jihoon-hyung has pictures of you as well.

“Oh and these roses! These are—”

“Hyung,” Junghwan interrupts Jihoon as he was happily talking about the potted plants in his picture now.

“Yeah?” The hyung stopped talking.

“Do you…have pictures of Y/n noona?”

“Of course. There’s one just now, right?” Jihoon said as he swiped back to the picture of you and Dongyun posing in front of the convenience store.

Junghwan shakes his head, “No, no! I can’t see noona clearly in this one. Besides, she’s posing with a dude I don’t know of,” he whined, a little tinge of sulkiness sounding in his voice.

“Easy, here you go,” Jihoon tapped on his phone to zoom on the picture, your face now more visible on the screen.

“Hyuuunngggg you know what I mean!” Junghwan was at the point of groaning in frustration at this point.

Jihoon laughed at the maknae’s reaction, along with the rest of the members in the room. “Sorry, sorry. I was just kidding.” He ruffled the kid’s hair.

“I don’t think I have any other pictures of her though to be honest. It’s just this one.”

“Oh…”

“Oh wait—” Jihoon said as he remembered something. He remembered taking a group photo with you last night before departing back to the city.

“There’s one we took before we left last night. Aunt Nari helped took the photo,” he swiped to the most recent photo in his camera roll, showing the young boy beside him the picture of him, Junkyu, you, Jaehyuk, Dongyun and Hyunsuk posing in front of their black van.

“Aww Y/n-noona looks so small beside you guys!” Junghwan smiled as he looks at the photo. But then, slowly, his smile fades as he zooms in on the picture.

“Hyung…why does noona look like she had been crying? And Hyunsuk-hyung too,” he added as he moved to look at everyone’s faces in the photo.

“Hyung?” Junghwan asked again when he realised everyone in the room going silent.

The maknae looked around the room, trying to read his hyungs’ expressions, noticing how Yedam and Yoshi were as clueless as he is. His Junkyu-hyung looked like he was thinking about something as well—probably curious on what Junghwan meant when he noticed you and Hyunsuk’s post-crying face in the picture.

“Okay Junghwan, let’s just…uh, continue looking at other pictures, okay?” He heard the younger leader beside him say, making him turn to look at him.

Junghwan nods his head slowly, deciding that maybe this wasn’t the time to question his Hyunsuk-hyung’s guilty expression a moment ago, along with his Jihoon-hyung’s awkward response in trying to move on from the subject they were on.

 *

PEWA Groups (after lunchtime)

“Y/n!” Soomin squealed as she sees you enter through the office doors.

You smiled at your team leader, feeling glad to see her after some time. She beckoned you to approach her desk, so you did just that.

“Soomin-unnie, hello,” you greeted her with a smile once you reach her table.

Soomin, instead of responding to your greeting, extended her arm to give you a pinch—making you scream.

“H-hey! Watch it,” you flinched away from her, making her grin at your reaction.

“Good to have you back, Y/n. Also—what’s with not replying my texts??” she was leaning back into her chair, her arms crossed against her chest as she stares at you.

“Uh, thanks for welcoming me back?” you stated sarcastically before continuing, “What? No, I didn’t get your texts,”

“That’s silly. I didn’t text the wrong number, did I?”

“Well…you kinda did,”

“Huh? I don’t get it,”

You shook your head, thinking of it as a hassle to explain to her about your boss giving you a junk phone and confiscating your own phone.

“Look, just come with me to Mr Bae’s office, please?”

Soomin looked at the opened books and files on her table; figuring that she could take a short break away from them. She was growing tired of reading the same chapters anyways.

“Okay sure,” she replied as she got up from her chair.

 *

PEWA Groups (Mr Bae’s Office)

*knock knock*

Joonyoung heard the subtle knocking, recognising the voice on the other side of his office door—obviously being his mother’s favorite student; also someone he’s grown used to looking out for. If he had been in a closer age range with you, the both of you would have hit it off like real siblings—he thought. But of course, there will always be a gap between you two. The both of you were purely connected through work—and only work. Aside from his mother of course. But Joonyoung didn’t mind it at all. He had already treated you like family anyways. He was just happy his mother has a girl companion since the only children she has are him and his brother.

After giving the instruction to enter his office, he sees your small figure showing up from the opening of his office door. And then Soomin appeared behind you.

“Oh? Soomin? I didn’t expect you to be here,” he said.

Soomin smiled apologetically. “I was just accompanying Y/n, uh, since she asked for it,”

He turned to look at you, questioning you with his gaze.

“Yeah, I did. Actually, I brought her here ‘cause I wanted you to explain to her that you confiscated my phone and gave me this stupid junk phone to survive with all the while I was in Haenam,” you huffed, slight dissatisfaction sounding in your voice.

Joonyoung chuckled at your serious expression. “Hmm. That’s true,” he said simply.

Soomin looked at the both of you confusedly. “Erm…so…Mr Bae took your phone away…? Which is why you didn’t reply to my texts…?”

You fold your arms against your chest and nod. “Exactly.”

“Now now, I saved Soomin’s number in that ‘junk’ piece of phone you’re holding right now, didn’t I? Now don’t blame me if you didn’t contact her,”

You bit your bottom lip from his response. Damn. He definitely said some truth.

“O-okay but I didn’t want to use the junk phone. I want my phone,” you frowned.

Your boss lets out a sigh and pulls out the bottom drawer of his desk. He picks up your phone and held it out—expecting you to take it from his hand.

You marched up towards him, grabbing your phone from his hand and then placing your junk phone in return.

Your boss smiled as he keeps the so-called ‘junk’ phone you kept complaining about back into the bottom drawer—not looking at it at all.

“Wha—it won’t switch on!” you panicked as you pressed the power button on your phone several times.

“Well, duh, I never charged it. It was kept in the drawer since the day you left for Haenam.”

You frowned even harder. “With all due respect, Mr Bae, sir, I charged the junk phone even when I didn’t even use it,”

Joonyoung shrugs and ignored your glare towards him. Instead, he turned to Soomin. “Right. So I only confiscated her phone ‘cause I know how much she would be stalking our company’s forum page and she’d probably sneak online to see all the nasty comments being said to her—only to let herself get hurt. Seems like a good idea to take it all away from her and send her away while we clean up our sites, no?”

Soomin nods in agreement, earning a shocked gasp from you to see your team leader siding with your boss’ actions towards you.

“Not gonna lie, that does sound like something Y/n would do,” she chuckled as she glances over at your still-shocked expression.

“No worries there though, we’ve cleaned up the sites and we’ve put up notices not to let any staff speak of that unfair incident that happened. We got you covered, Y/n,” she continued.

This time, you weren’t gaping or frowning at all. Instead you felt moved by your boss’ and team leader’s action. They have been protecting you. They didn’t want you to be affected by what had happened.

Just what did you do to deserve such good people in your life?

“Oh gosh, are you gonna cry about it?” Soomin teased you as she noticed your expression softening now.

You shook your head. “N-no,” you lied as you tried your best to suck your tears back into your pooling eyes. “I just…” you paused. “T-thank you…both of you…”

“No worries, Y/n,” Soomin smiled.

“Yup. I told you before, didn’t I? We’re family.” Your boss said this time.

You nod your head at the both of them, tears still pooling in your eyes.

“Ah, right! Since we’re here—” Soomin said in all of a sudden. “Hey boss is it okay if I steal Y/n away from the office for a while to get some errands done?”

“Sure. She’s your team member. Do what you guys want, as long as it’s not a crime,” he chuckled.

“Thanks!” Soomin beamed at your boss before turning to you. “Come on, Y/n. We need to get some stuff done before work ends,”

“Huh? Oh, s-sure,”

 *

“Noooo! I don’t want to be the third-wheel again!” You whined as Soomin tried to persuade you to leave her car.

“Oh come on Y/n! It’s gonna be a short while! We’re just returning the access cards,”

“Puh-lease. You’re gonna go meet your boyfriend while at that too. As if I don’t know,” you refute, knowing her intentions very well at this point.

Soomin grinned at you. “Hey, it’s not like I get to see him every day, you know. Besides, who knows you could go meet that kpop boyfriend of yours too,”

You felt your cheeks blush from what she said. “W-what? He’s not my boyfriend! We just…like each other that’s all. Besides—” you flipped your hair over your shoulder before continuing, “you can’t lie to me like this. You worked with Bomin-ssi every day for the past month! You did meet him every day before this, remember??”

Soomin rolled her eyes at your argument. “Enough, Y/n, we’re going in now.”

 *

YG Building

“Hi, I have an appointment with Mr. Bomin to return our access cards? Yup, from PEWA,” you heard Soomin inform the receptionist in the lobby.

You were standing a bit further away from her, grumbling to yourself about how underdressed you were if you were to even bump into your celebrity friends today. You were dressed in a dark grey tshirt, black jeans and your hair was tied into a low messy bun. You barely wore any make up too, silently thanking yourself for putting on some lip tint before heading to your office today.

You didn’t expect to be running work errands today, not at all. Instead, you thought that your plan for today was simply getting your phone back from your boss, saying hi to Soomin for a bit, stopping by your usual convenience store for some packed lunch and then heading home and just spending the day there before you get back to work the next day.

But noooo Soomin managed to persuade you to accompany her to YG’s offices.

You let out a sigh as your team leader walks ahead of you, turning back once to gesture you to follow her.

“Let’s go, Y/n. We’re heading up,” she said as you progressed your steps towards her.

The both of you scanned through the entry access point with the access cards you both had used for the past month; probably for the last time too, before returning it to Bomin in a short while.

 *

YG Building (6th Floor / Bomin’s Office)

“Come in,” Bomin answered as he heard the knock on his door.

His eyes lifted from his desk and widens along with his smile when he sees his girlfriend entering the room.

Okay but his smile faded when he saw you entering closely behind her.

“Oh, you’re here too,” he said sarcastically.

Obviously he meant to say that to you.

“Tsk, she has a name, Bomin. It’s Y/n, Y/n, get it?” Soomin nagged at him.

Bomin cursed silently under his breath, remembering how much his girlfriend adores you, to the point that she would even get into arguments with him just to defend you. Fine, he might as well behave himself for a bit just so he wouldn’t upset his girlfriend, he thought.

“Yes, that’s right. So sorry, my mistake. Hello, Y/n,” he responded with a slight sigh.

You could hear the obvious dissatisfaction in his voice to see you here.

“I’m here to return our access cards,” Soomin reminded him as she waved the stack of cards in her hands.

“Right. You can place them on the table,”

Soomin did as she was told and then she stood back to the same position she was seconds ago.

“So uh, you guys wanna get coffee?” Bomin asked, his eyes glued to the screen in front of him now, his nose scrunching a bit as if he just read something he didn’t like.

“Uhh, sure?” Soomin said in an unsure tone. She turned around to look at you, wondering if you were up for coffee with her boyfriend.

“Uhh, you guys go ahead. I uh, I’m just gonna go say hi to my friends—”

“Great!” Bomin’s voice cut you off.

He seemed pleased to not have you tagging onto his time with Soomin lol.

Bomin was already on his feet and checking his pants pocket for his wallet when you heard Soomin asking you if you were really okay with her not accompanying you.

“Nah, I’ll be fine. Enjoy your time with…him,” you smiled.

Soomin smiled happily back at you. She immediately turned to Bomin who was already standing beside her, his arm on her back.

“Okay! I want some ice blended mocha pleaseee. Can we get some of those today?” she said to him.

And for the first time, you saw Bomin’s gentle smile.

“Sure. Anything you want, jagi,” he beamed at his girlfriend, forgetting that you were still there.

“Yay! Let’s go!” Soomin said excitedly, making you giggle at her cute behaviour. This is probably her cute side when she’s around the person she loves, you thought to yourself.

“It won’t be long, okay? Text me if you want to go back later on,” Soomin said to you before she followed Bomin out his office door.

“Sure, I will,” you nod at her.

 *

YG Building (Treasure’s Practice Room)

“Hahahaaha again, again!!!” Doyoung laughs out loud as he records Jeongwoo dancing to this tiktok trending song.

“Okay calm down, hyung. That’s the third time you’ve asked him to do the dance,” Junghwan said to him.

“Yeah, but he just does it so cutely, no?” Doyoung said in between his laughs.

“Okay I’ll do it—but only one more time, okay??” Jeongwoo said as he points out a finger, indicating that it’s his last time doing the dance for the day.

“Okay, okay,” Doyoung nods as he giggles. His thumb was ready to press ‘record’ on his phone now.

Junghwan shakes his head at the both of them, though he was smiling at their antics. He proceeded to take a seat on the cold floor, resting up since both of his leaders had told them practice on their own today. They’re probably tired from their trip to Haenam too, he thought.

But of course, because their leaders have advised them to practice on their own, most of them ended up playing games, watching tiktok and doing their own activities; not that their leaders minded. Everyone probably needed the rest too.

And so, Junghwan was simply sitting cross-legged on the floor, taking in the scene of his hyungs relaxing and goofing around in the practice room—until he saw the practice room doors opening a little.

It seems like most of them were too busy minding their business to realise this so Junghwan sat up straight and wondered who could be entering at a time like this, especially since all of his members are already in the room.

And just as Junghwan was about to panic on his own—imagining that their CEO or any other higher staff were to peek on their practice today, he stopped moving when he saw the familiar face peeking into the room.

“Noona!” Junghwan shouted across the room, startling everyone, including you as you were halfway entering through the door.

Everyone immediately turned to look at the door, and you, as you entered fully now, closing the door behind you and facing them shyly after.

“Y/n! You’re here!” Jaehyuk exclaimed happily.

You nod at him and smiled at everyone, your heart pounding loud because having all 12 of them staring at you like this felt a little nerve-wrecking after not seeing most of them for a whole week.

Footsteps ran across the room, and then a pair of strong arms hugged you tightly, burying your head into his chest.

“Welcome back, I missed you, I missed you so much, Noona!” you heard the voice whispering above your head.

You pat his back gently, despite not being able to see his face right now. “Thank you, Junghwan. I missed you too,” you replied, your voice muffled against his school shirt.

“Aigoo, you’re gonna suffocate her to death if you don’t let go of her soon Junghwan-aa,” Jeongwoo spoke up, genuinely worried for your wellbeing.

Junghwan relaxed his grip around you, his arms now gently resting at your waist as he lets you turn to face the group again.

“I uh, dropped by to say hi since my team leader wanted to return our access cards,” you explained your presence there, with Junghwan still standing closely beside you.

“Ahh, I see.” Jaehyuk answered.

“Hyung, aren’t you gonna go and scream and hug Y/n too?” Haruto nudged Hyunsuk who was sitting beside him.

“Huh? I mean, I got to see her in Haenam already, so…”Hyunsuk replied solemnly. Though he still hasn’t got the strength to really look at you fully right now. 

“Oh.”

“So…you didn’t bring any souvenirs for us then?” Asahi asked in all of a sudden.

You panicked, remembering that you did get them all something but you didn’t think you’d stop by to see them today; hence you not bringing their gifts along with you.

Junghwan sensed you tensing up beside him making him respond for you, “Heyy, noona must be tired out from her trip back, we shouldn’t be asking for gifts from her,”

“N-no! I did get you guys something! I uh, I just didn’t bring it with me. But I’ll let you know when y’all can come over and get it okay?” you explained.

Asahi shrugs at the both of you, “Sure, okay”

“Heh, Junghwan-aa, you haven’t left Y/n’s side at all now. And you’re answering for her questions too. What are you, Y/n’s boyfriend now?” Yedam teased their maknae for his clinginess towards you.

“EYYYYYYY” this earned him loud groans of dissatisfaction from his members, making Yedam laugh at their response.

Junghwan immediately lets go of you, his arms no longer hanging onto your waist now. He tried to explain to his hyungs that ‘it wasn’t like that at all’ but some of them started teasing him harder when they saw his face going red all the while doing so.

You giggled at their teasings, feeling sorry for the maknae as he fought for his ground on his own.

However, you tried to steal a glance over at the guy that you’re in love with and you couldn’t help but feel slightly disappointed that he wasn’t paying attention to you at all. Instead, he was busy staring at his phone in his hand.

Did he not realise you coming over? That’s impossible to say, since he’s not wearing any inpods or anything in his ears. Surely he heard you, didn’t he?

And while you were distracted with Junkyu, and most of the members were still busy teasing Junghwan, none of you realised the pair of eyes observing all of you in the room.

Haruto leaned back against the wall behind him, noticing how all of his hyungs that had gone on the trip to Haenam—not joining on the teasings nor were they looking like they were having a good time right now. Instead, they all looked upset about something, though he couldn’t pin on what the issue was.

His eyes looked over at you, noticing that you were looking distracted as well, even though you were smiling.

A soft sigh escaped his breath, wondering what had happened the time you all were in Haenam.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #ygtreasure #TREASURE IMAGINE #junkyu treasure #treasurefic #treasure fic #teufic #ygtb imagines #ygtreasurescenarios #alltreasuremembers #all treasure members #treasuremembers #treasure members #treasure scenario #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu #junkyu imagines #junkyu fluff #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 40)

Chapter 40 - Official

Word count: 3.3k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

“Junkyu,” you heard your voice whispering.

Junkyu stood up straight now, finally catching his breath after his run.

“Y/n…I, I have something to tell you,” he starts speaking.

You nod at him, taking in his flushed features staring back at you. You could tell he was nervous from how his gaze was shaking.

“About today…” he continued.

But you didn’t let him continue any further. Instead, you hurriedly interrupted him; “I’m sorry, Junkyu,” – making him pause in his words.

“Wha–” he tried to ask you but then once again, you cut him off–

“I’m sorry. I love you, I’m so sorry. I shouldn’t be making such a big deal of this,” you started tearing up again.

“No! No, no! Why are you sorry?? I should be the one saying sorry,” he tried to assure you that he was at fault instead.

“Uhh I should just leave…” Jihoon said awkwardly as he tried to shuffle his way out between the both of you.

But before he leaves the both of you completely, he turns around and smiles as he cheered the both of you, “Hwaiting both of you!” he winked before running away from both you and Junkyu.

The both of you watched as his figure fades into the distance before turning to face each other again.

“Well that ruined the moment,” you chuckled, wiping the stray tear near your eye.

Junkyu smiled timidly at you. He stared at you for a good minute before reaching his hands out to push your hair behind your ears. You looked up at him, his hands staying on the side of your face.

“So beautiful,” he said softly, making you blush at his sudden compliment.

“T-thanks,” you replied shyly.

“I love you, Y/n. But that’s not why I’m here. There’s something else I need to tell you, and this is really important.”

You blinked a couple times, wondering what else he wanted to tell you. 

Junkyu smiles his cute smile at you, finding your curious gaze on him utterly adorable.

“Gosh Y/n, how will I ever say this out to you when you’re staring at me like this,” he chuckles.

“Why, are you trying to break up with me or something,” you pout, “I thought you just called me beautiful,”

Junkyu laughs softly at your assumption. He runs his thumbs against your cheeks, his hand still holding the sides of your face.

“Silly. Why would I break up with you when you’re not even my girlfriend yet–”

“Not your girlfriend? Whoa, hey now, I thought that I’m your girlfriend all this while, you said it yourself, it’s just a status– and we’re a couple–” you start to nag as you try to pull his hands away from your face.

Junkyu shakes his head and starts whining at your response, “No nooo I haven’t finished what I wanted to sayyyy,”

You raised an eyebrow at him, an impatient huff escaping your breath.

Junkyu continued running his thumbs against your cheeks, leaning in close to you slowly, until he rested his forehead against yours.

You could feel your face heating up from how close he was with you. Your heartbeat was also beating rapidly at this point. 

You weren’t the only one with the crazy heartbeat right now though, Junkyu was also trying to stay in his composure as he tried to not stare down at your soft lips.

“Y/n…” he whispers softly, his breath hitting your face.

“Y-yes…?”

“I love you,”

“I love you too, Junkyu…”

“Will you do something for me?” he asks you, his voice soft as he leans in closer to your face, not that there is any other way it could get any closer though– any closer now and both your noses would be touching against each other. Any more closer, the both of you would end up kissing, he thought.

“Definitely,” you answered him, your voice barely audible as you felt his lips ghosting yours now.

Junkyu smiled widely at your answer. He pulls his hands away from the side of your face, his head no longer leaning too close to yours. 

He stares into your eyes, widely staring at him, waiting for him to tell you what he needs from you.

Junkyu looks down at your hand, grabbing it to let it rest on the left side of his chest. 

You could feel how fast his heart was beating.

“Will you be my girlfriend?” he asks, his cute smile beaming at you.

You felt your tears pooling your eyes all over again. 

“Wha–? Yes, YES! Definitely!” you nod your head furiously at his request.

Junkyu giggles at your response, tears flowing down his soft cheeks as well.

“Why are you crying, silly? I said yes didn’t I?” you started crying, wiping his tears with your fingers now.

Junkyu started laughing softly, trying to stop himself from crying any further. If anything, he was glad you said ‘yes’. Hyunsuk-hyung was right, asking you to be his girlfriend felt more real and special.

“I have something for you,” he starts searching his pants pocket, trying to take something out of it.

“Hm? What is it?” you sniffled as you wiped your tears.

“I didn’t manage to get you a girlfriend proposal gift so this’ll have to do for the time being,” he said apologetically as he fished out a familiar necklace from his pocket.

You couldn’t help yourself from bursting out in laughter as you noticed the Treasure Everywhere necklace he held out.

“What is that??” you laughed.

“H-hey! It’s the only accessory I happen to wear today!” he said, his face red in embarrassment.

“Oh Kim Junkyu,” you giggled. “This is the first time I’ve heard an idol gifting their girlfriend with their own group’s merchandise as a proposal gift,”

“Heyyy at least this one is my own personal necklace! I never shared it with anyone,” he argued back, his pout evident on his face now. “It’s just temporary, I wanted to give you something too,” he mumbled.

You smiled at him. “Thank you, I love it,” you said softly, no longer laughing at him.

Junkyu was on the verge of sulking now, he was sure that you only said that because you felt sorry for him– until you took the necklace from his hand, tip-toeing to plant a soft peck on his cheek, making him freeze in his stance.

“I mean it, I love it so much,” you smiled softly at him.

Junkyu couldn’t respond to you since he was so shocked that you had just kissed him. To be honest, this was an actual first kiss you both shared, since the only time he had tried to kiss your lips had failed when you laughed in his face back when he first confessed to you in Haenam.

“So…are you not going to help put the necklace on for me…?” you asked, noticing that your boyfriend was somehow speechless now.

Junkyu blinked a couple times, bringing himself back to reality, blushing at the thought of how brave you were to kiss him first.

“Gosh Y/n, you’re gonna give me a heart attack one of these days,” he muttered as he pulled you close to him, wrapping his arms around you tightly.

You blinked confusedly at his words, wondering what he meant by it. “Now that’s not good, isn’t it?” you mumbled against his chest since he was hugging you tightly.

Junkyu giggled at your response, leaning down to plant a gentle kiss on your forehead. “I love you, Y/n,” he whispered.

***

Y/n’s Apartment 

Junkyu and you entered your home together, your hands intertwined with his.

The moment you both entered the kitchen, the rest of the boys looked like they were already bored;

Jihoon was leaning against the fridge, picking on his painted nails, Hyunsuk sitting down near the dining table, a solemn look on his face as he stared into space.

Junghwan and Yedam were busy poking on the dishes you had prepared earlier with their chopsticks as they sat across Hyunsuk at the table as well.

Yoshi was talking to Mashiho near the stovetop, Mashiho’s hand still stirring the vegetables in the pan that you had left before you stormed out; to which he still hadn’t switched the fire on since just now.

Jaehyuk and Jeongwoo stood not far from Jihoon, both of them talking to each other while they sipped on the drinks they held in their hands. Haruto and Asahi were leaning against the wall near the kitchen entrance, both of them speaking to each other in Japanese, their voices low as if they were whispering.

Doyoung was the first to notice you and Junkyu entering the kitchen since he just got back from using the restroom. 

“Hey! You guys are back!” he greeted the both of you as he stepped into the kitchen.

Doyoung’s voice pulled everyone’s attention, making everyone turn to look at you both.

Junghwan, upon seeing you, immediately tosses his chopsticks onto the table and hurries over to you.

“Junghwan,” you smiled at him as he stood before you.

“Noona, I’m so sorry if I said something wrong just now, I didn’t mean to–” his apology came to a halt when he tried to reach for your hand but noticed it was already being held in his Junkyu-hyung’s hand instead.

Junkyu noticed the maknae’s eyes staring at his hand intertwining with yours, and usually, his reflex would be pulling his hand away from yours to avoid any suspicions from his members but this time, he stayed holding onto your hand.

“It’s fine Junghwannie,” you assured the maknae, patting his arm with your free hand.

“Y-your hand…” he stuttered, still distracted with what he's looking at.

“Ah, this. Oh, uhh, well,” you stopped to turn to Junkyu, him nodding at you, encouraging you to proceed with your sentence.

“We made up,” you smiled at everyone.

“Woohoo! Yasss! How’d it go between the both of you?” Jihoon cheered as soon as he heard what you said.

“Well, I don’t want to brag…” you continued, making most of the members grinning at your words, “but it seems like you all might have a future sister-in-law now,” 

“Aish, just say it already, you’re Junkyu-hyung’s girlfriend. There’s no need to use complicated words,” Jeongwoo said in an annoying tone, though he was smiling at you.

The rest of the room jeered at the both of you, teasing you both after Jeongwoo’s statement.

“Wow way to go, Junkyu-hyung! I never imagined you to be the one falling for Y/n,” Yedam said as he walked over, wanting to give you a hug to congratulate you again.

“Pfft yeah, remember when Junkyu-hyung told us last time he didn't give two dimes about who was to fall in love with y/n? He even said no one should be falling for y/n” Haruto snickered as he shook his head.

You gave Junkyu a look and then Junkyu blushed as he shook his head to what was said, “We barely knew you! I didn't want our group to get caught into any love dramas.” He explained.

You rolled your eyes and pulled your hand away from his hold, pointing a finger to his chest now, “Hah jokes on you, you fell for me in the end,” you smirked.

Junkyu smiled cutely at you and nods, “Yup, I fell in love with the cutest and prettiest person I’ve ever met,”

“EYYYYYY” the whole room responded, including you, laughing at his cheesiness. 

“Wow, Junkyu-hyung has skills now,” Jeongwoo teased.

Hyunsuk laughs along with everyone at what Jeongwoo said. He finally stood up from his seat to say, “Alright now, let's eat up already. Y/n worked hard in preparing the food for us,”

You gave him an appreciative smile, to which he responded with a quick wink before passing out the plates to the rest of his members that have started gathering around the table.

“Noona,” Junghwan called out to you as he was still standing beside you.

You told Junkyu to go ahead and grab some food first and that you would join them in a bit before turning to the youngest member beside you.

“Hey… you okay Junghwannie?”

“Yeah…I guess it's still shocking to know that you and Junkyu-hyung are really a couple now. I didn't see it coming at all,” he chuckled as he tucks his hands into his hoodie pockets, his eyes looking down at his shoes.

“Aw hey, to be fair, I didn’t see it coming either.” You giggled, hoping to cheer him up.

“Don’t get me wrong, I'm happy for you, for Junkyu-hyung. I just…need a little more time to process this I guess,” 

“Sure, take your time Hwannie. And I'm sorry for springing this up so suddenly to you and the rest,” you apologized. “But if it helps to cheer you up, I mean it when I say that you'll always be my favorite baby in the group,” 

Junghwan looked up from his shoes and grinned softly at what you said.

“Now come, let's get some food together. You wanna sit beside me later?” 

Junghwan nods and pulls you close to his side, hugging you with his arm. “Yes, and I want you to tell me how it all started between you and Junkyu-hyung. I wanna know how my hyung managed to win my favorite noona’s heart,” he smiled fondly at you, keeping you close to him as the both of you head towards the table to join the rest.

Everyone started talking excitedly as they scooped up the food onto their plates, before gathering to sit on the living room floor in a circle, just like the first time you all gathered for pizza that one night. 

And while everyone was having fun eating and conversing with one another, one person stayed quiet, forcing a smile every now and then just enough not to make anyone wonder what was on his mind at the time.

***

Treasure’s Dorm (Dorm #3 - Jaehyuk, Asahi, Junghwan and Yedam)

The boys returned to their respective dorms that night, quite late too, after spending time at your place.

The boys in dorm 3 all groaned in unison as they stepped into their home, glad that the day was over for them, finally.

“Ahhh what a day,” Jaehyuk groaned as he steps towards their living room after having taken off his shoes.

“Tell me about it, tonight’s dinner was a real roller coaster,” Yedam chuckled.

“True, I was confused on what we were supposed to do when they stepped out of the kitchen,” Jaehyuk nods in agreement. He was already heading towards his room now, to which he turns to wish the rest good night before leaving them.

“Good night everyone, don’t forget to wash up!” he reminded them as he grins before closing his bedroom door behind him.

“Good night hyung,” Junghwan and Yedam said at the same time.

Yedam turns to Junghwan, who was somehow glowing with happiness. “Huh, you seem really happy,” he pointed out.

Junghwan grinned at his hyung. “Of course! Y/n-noona is happy and in love. That makes me happy for her,”

“Ahuh, sure. You know Junghwan, it’s not wrong to like Y/n,” Yedam smirked.

Junghwan shot his hyung a horrified look. “What? Don’t be ridiculous! Y/n-noona is just a sister figure to me,”

“Eyyy, sure,” Yedam teased the maknae. “I’m just saying–” he continued, “-- that if you have a crush on Y/n, it’s understandable. After all, you’re close with her.”

Junghwan kept quiet at what his Yedam-hyung said.

Yedam walks up closer to the younger boy and pats his shoulder. “I’m just saying, okay? I don’t mean anything by it,”

Junghwan nods. He knew, deep down, he was still surprised as to how you ended up being with his Junkyu-hyung. But that doesn’t make him less happy for you. He was sure he doesn’t have feelings for you though. It’s more of him just liking you more than any other girls he’s known, that’s all. 

“I know,” he finally said to Yedam. “I know what you mean, hyung. And I…well, I do like noona. I really do, I think I love her a lot too. But I honestly don’t think it’s in a romantic way, you know?”

Yedam pats the taller maknae’s head. “You’re right. I get what you’re saying. She’s an important person to you,” 

Junghwan nods again.

Yedam lets out a sigh as he rubs the back of his own neck. “Well then, as long as you’re okay, Hwannie. I’ll be heading to my room then,” he smiled. “Good night, Junghwan, Asahi-hyung,” Yedam wished both of them.

“Good night hyung,” Junghwan replied whereas Asahi just nodded in response.

Junghwan then turns to his right, noticing that Asahi was just sitting quietly on the sofa in their living room. He wondered if his hyung had been listening to his conversation earlier?

“Asahi-hyung,” he called out to the Japanese member.

“Hm?”

“You’re not going to bed yet?”

“Nah, I’m waiting for Haruto. He said he’s coming over,”

“Oh,” Junghwan said. “I see. I’m going to my room now, good night hyung,” he said as he bowed slightly before leaving his hyung alone in the living room.

“Mmm,” Asahi hummed in response.

Not long after that, he heard the sound of their door’s combination lock being keyed in.

The door opened, Haruto’s tall figure entering the entrance of their dorm.

After taking off his shoes, Haruto immediately approached his hyung.

“Yah hyung, I told you to give it more time.” Haruto said as he sits on the sofa beside Asahi.

Asahi shakes his head, “Nah, it’s done. A deal is a deal,” he grinned at the younger boy.

“Noooo it’s not the end yet. It’s just the beginning,” Haruto groaned. “Besides, if we end the deal now, we won’t have anything to spectate anymore,”

“You just don’t want to admit that you’re wrong, right?” Asahi smirked.

Haruto rolled his eyes slightly before saying, “No, I don’t want to,” 

Asahi grinned at the stubborn boy beside him and shakes his head. “Fine, we’ll just wait it out. But I’m telling you, Y/n and Junkyu are real. They’re hopelessly in love with each other,”

“I know. But I can’t help but feel bad for Hyunsuk-hyung. What if they do end up together, you know?”

“I can’t believe I agreed to making a bet on our friends’ love lives,” Asahi sighs as he leans back comfortably on the sofa.

“That’s on you for being on Junkyu-hyung’s team. I know you said that Junkyu-hyung showed interest in Y/n long before any of us realised it, but I know, Hyunsuk-hyung has been smittened with her since day 1. It wasn’t that obvious to everyone I guess, but I live with them, hyung, I’ve seen how they both reacted whenever Y/n’s name was mentioned from the beginning.” Haruto made his argument, wanting Asahi to somehow realise that Hyunsuk was the one who deserved to be with you.

It’s not like he hated the idea of Junkyu being with you, no. It was the fact that he’s seen Hyunsuk giving the most effort when it comes to you, ever since he’s ever known you.

“Huh, and I thought you don’t seem to notice all these things,” Asahi tutted. 

Haruto leans back into the sofa, crossing his arms. “Hey, you’re one to speak. You know what they say, it’s always the quiet ones that notices everything,” he smirked.

“Hmm. Regardless, Ruto-yaa, it’s up to Y/n who she wants to be with, you know,” Asahi reminded the younger member, not wanting the group to end up with picking sides and arguing about their friend’s relationship.

“I know.” Haruto responded softly. “And I also know that I’ll be getting that $100 bet from you,” 

Asahi rolls his eyes and chuckled at Haruto, “Aish, this kid. Fine, fine. Now let’s not talk about those lovebirds. I’m already tired out from today’s drama.”

To be continued…

#aliy #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #teufic #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu #alltreasuremembers #all treasure members

[sandwichrin]

I posted 82 times in 2022

49 posts created (60%)

33 posts reblogged (40%)

Blogs I reblogged the most:

@tchaikovskaya

@hyunsuks-beanie

@perfectquote

@jeunnie

@jaesvelvet

I tagged 43 of my posts in 2022

Only 48% of my posts had no tags

#sandwichrin - 28 posts

#aliy - 20 posts

#junkyu scenarios - 10 posts

#treasure - 10 posts

#all treasure members - 10 posts

#alltreasuremembers - 10 posts

#kimjunkyu x reader - 10 posts

#kimjunkyu - 10 posts

#junkyu x reader - 10 posts

#treasure fanfic - 10 posts

Longest Tag: 98 characters

#i know i wrote this fic for our precious kyu but djjsjs i lowkey ship y/n with hoon sometimes 😭😞

My Top Posts in 2022:

#5

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 36)

Chapter 36 - Sur-reality Word count: 4.6k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hi! Here you go, chapter 36! let’s get the ship drama sailingggg~

Y/n’s Apartment Block (Night time)

It was around 7pm-ish that you finally got back from having dinner with Soomin. Your visit on your Treasure friends didn’t last long that afternoon, especially since you noticed that Junkyu didn’t even say a word towards you the whole time you were there. The rest of the Haenam crew too, didn’t interact with you much so you assumed they were all just super tired from their trip—as if you weren’t just as tired though.

You admit, you were slightly taken aback by Junkyu’s act of ignorance. Not that you have that much of a reason to be pissed at him. It’s not like you’re his girlfriend, right?

You stopped in your tracks. You were standing right in front of the elevator in the lobby now.

You let out a sigh as you entered the opening doors, letting it shut slowly as you stared into space.

The both of you like each other, you and Junkyu. You both had several good times together in Haenam. Well, before that too of course.

But today…Junkyu was just being ice cold to you. What got into him?

He likes you, you like him. Nay, you’re both in love with each other. A stronger feeling towards each other—that’s what it is. But you both aren’t boyfriend or girlfriend.

Then what are we?

Just casually dating one another?

Friends who are in love with each other?

You stepped out of the elevator once it arrived on your floor, your thoughts still running wild on your status with Junkyu.

You let out a tiny gasp just as a random thought popped into your head.

What if…what if Junkyu was just treating you as a casualty?

You shook your head at the thought. That can’t be it, right? Junkyu doesn’t seem to be the type to fool around with girls…right?

Taking in a deep breath, you try to distract yourself from that tall friend of yours.

Alas—your thoughts on him went back into the back of your head as soon as you see a familiar figure standing outside your front door as you got closer to your home.

“Junkyu?” you asked, afraid that your eyes might be fooling you.

The tall, fair-skinned guy turned his head towards you, previously looking down at the phone in his hand.

His dark brown, bright orbs stared into yours as he watches you slowly approaching him now.

“What are you doing here?” You asked again.

“I just wanted to see you,” he shrugs, his spongey voice a little deeper from his serious tone.

“O-oh,”

You blinked several times, wondering what made him come all the way to your place.

“Are you just gonna stand there and not invite me in?” He asked this time, startling you from your thoughts.

“A-ah! Right! I uh, hold on, I’ll key in the passcode,” you stuttered now as you frantically head towards the pinned lock beside your front door.

You had your back facing Junkyu so while you were clumsily unlocking your front gate and door, you couldn’t see Junkyu trying to hold onto his smile as he watches you panic on your own.

See the full post

20 notes - Posted July 13, 2022

#4

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 35)

Chapter 35 - Back to reality Word count: 4.4k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello~ I’m back with chapter 35! Drama lesgoooo >< I’m jk, i miss you all! Hope y’all enjoy this one 🧡💖 i miss reading y’all’s comments too! Take care and love y’all <3

It had been a day after your Treasure friends had returned to the city, and now it was your turn to leave.

Dongyun helped put your luggage into the trunk of the cab that your boss had sent out to Haenam to go pick you up—as he had promised when he had sent you away last week.

“Ahh, this sucks,” your childhood friend sighs out loud. “Sure I can’t have you to stay for another week?” he asks.

“You tell that to Joonyoung-ssi,” you said as you rolled your eyes. “Oh wait, I mean, Mr Bae;” you corrected as you remembered that your boss’ mum was standing not far from you and Dongyun.

Dongyun chuckled at your action, him wrapping an arm around your shoulder. “Gosh, I was getting used to having you around too,”

“I know. But hey, your semester break is ending soon too, no? You won’t be here either if I stayed any longer you know,”

Dongyun was about to answer you back when he felt someone pinching his forearm, making him yelp.

“Ahhh! Aunt Nari what was that for??” He unwrapped his arm from you and rubbed the spot that got pinched on his other arm.

“Hmph. You had the nerve to put your arm around my girl here when you rejected her countless of times now,” the lady grumbled, making you laugh out loud as your friend gets nagged upon by her.

“Now—I didn’t reject her. I rejected the idea of marrying her and being matchmade with her,” he corrected Aunt Nari.

“Aigoo! Exactly the same! Now, don’t stand too close to Y/n. I’m gonna take good care of her and make sure my future son-in-law wouldn’t have to worry about being jealous of you two,” she nagged as she pushes Dongyun to the side gently.

You scrunched your face at what you heard. “Ew who are you matchmaking me with again this time?”

“Hey! Be nice! It’s that gentleman friend of yours of course! Jaehyuk-ssi will definitely take good care of you, you know.” She beamed happily just by the mention of Jaehyuk. Wow, he must’ve really impressed your Aunt Nari; you thought.

Dongyun burst out laughing as he heard this. “Hah, Aunt Nari is shipping you with another guy aside from Junkyu!”

“H-hey! You don’t have to say it out that loud!”

“Hm? Junkyu? I was talking about Jaehyuk, Dongyun-aa. Did you clean your ears properly this week?” Aunt Nari responded, missing the point of what Dongyun had meant earlier.

“Nooo I was saying—”

“Okay, okay hold it up you both. Let’s not talk about my love life any further, please?” you stopped them before their discussion could escalate. Gosh, why are they so interested in your love life though?? If you had let their conversation gone any further you wouldn’t be surprised they’ll be talking about naming your future kids too. You shuddered from the thought.

 *

YG Building (Treasure’s Practice Room)

Junghwan entered the practice room with his bagpack hanging on one side of his shoulder. He was still in his school uniform too, implying that their manager had just fetched both him and Jeongwoo from school.

“Oh, Junghwan! Where’s Jeongwoo?” Jihoon greeted the maknae when he sees the boy entering the room.

“He’s just stopping by the convenience store downstairs,”

“Huh, he better not get any more ramen cup. He’s had two yesterday.” The leader complained to himself.

“Enough about that, hyung,” Junghwan said as he approaches Jihoon who was sitting on the floor.

It seemed like they were all just chilling in the room. Probably waiting for the rest of their members to arrive before they begin with practice.

The only ones in the room right now were Jihoon, Hyunsuk, Junkyu, Yoshi and Yedam. Including Junghwan that had just arrived of course. The rest were probably hanging out somewhere else in the building.

See the full post

23 notes - Posted May 19, 2022

#3

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 33)

Chapter 33 - The Confession

Word count: 4.3k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello hello! How are you all doing? I’ve caught the flu so I’m resting up while I can and also going to work as usual :’D Here’s the new chapter yay! I like this one-- well some parts. Thank you for your patience in waiting for this chapter <3 take care always and love you all! <33

Haenam / Potato Field

You were crouching on the ground, digging the soil to harvest the few potatoes that were ripe. “Okay, that’s the 6th one,” you counted, as you breathe out.

“Yah, Kim Dongyun, where the hell are you? It’s been almost half an hour,” you complained to yourself as you lift your head to look around, just in case your friend’s figure would show up.

Nope, no sign of him.

You let out a sigh and moved forward towards another bed of potatoes, scanning which side to be harvested first this time.

As you were busy digging on some dirt, you finally heard light footsteps approaching you from behind.

“About time. I almost harvested one whole bed on my own,” you complained as soon as you heard the footsteps stopping right behind you.

“I’m sorry,” the voice said, panting.

You froze in your position. Wait a minute. That’s not Dongyun’s voice.

You swiftly turn your head and saw—Junkyu, panting and trying to catch his breath after half-running to where you were.

“Junkyu? What are you doing here??”

“I--,” he stopped, swallowing in air again. “Dongyun said you needed my help so,”

“Wha--? Where is he anyways?”

“He was escorting me here but he stopped halfway for an emergency restroom situation,”

Just like when he was with you earlier, you thought.

Which was kinda coincidental. But also fishy. But then again, Junkyu is here now. And he looks somewhat confused.

“I see.” You said. “Well, uh, I was just harvesting some potatoes and uh, I’m not sure if there are any extra spades—”

You stopped talking when Junkyu lifted his hand to show you the spade in his hand.

“Dongyun-ssi gave me this earlier,” he grinned.

“Oh. Okay then, I guess we could dig around while we wait for him then,” you chuckled softly.

 *

(30 minutes earlier)

The moment Dongyun saw you leaving towards the potato field, he immediately dashed out of the restaurant to head back towards his neighbour’s house.

“Oh? Dongyun? I thought you went to harvest potatoes with Y/n?” Aunt Nari said as soon as she saw the young man entering the gates of her home.

Dongyun smiled, catching his breath from all the running he did.

See the full post

23 notes - Posted January 20, 2022

#2

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 37)

Chapter 37 - Not his girlfriend

Word count: 5.2k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello! I got off work a little late today but uwu here it is, as promised! Thank you for waiting and hope y’all like this one &lt;3

“Y/n, is that you?” Doyoung’s voice startled you not far behind where you’re standing now.

‘clink clank clink’ the sound of the metal bowls hitting the concrete floor rang as you felt them slip from your fingers after hearing him call your name.

“D-Doyoung-ssi! What a surprise to see you here!” you stammered as you turn around to look at him.

Doyoung flashed a smile at you as he makes his way towards you now that he’s confident that it was indeed you that he saw.

As soon as he reaches your spot, he immediately lowers himself to pick up the metal bowls that you had dropped earlier.

“I’m so sorry, I didn’t mean to startle you,” he said as he dusts off the metal bowls one by one before picking them up.

“W-what? N-no! it wasn’t your fault anyways. I was just…” your voice trailed off as you turn around to sneak a peek at Junkyu who was still hiding behind the thrash container not far from where you were standing.

Junkyu met your eyes and shook his head at you, implying that he didn’t want Doyoung to know he was hiding back there.

You turned back around to face Doyoung just in time as he was getting back up from his stance to hand over the metal bowls to you.

You accepted them from his hands and thanked him.

“No biggie. Hey, are you okay? You seem…distracted,” he said, noticing that your eyes would once in a while look elsewhere.

“Oh, nothing! I was just…curious as to where the cats I fed had went to,” you chuckled nervously as you lied. You weren’t curious about the cats, you were worried about how long Junkyu had to be hiding behind the thrash container if you stayed here any longer with Doyoung.

“I see. You want me to help you find them? I can help you,” he responded. Doyoung was already taking steps towards where Junkyu was hiding and you couldn’t help but panic on your own.

Which was why you ended up tugging his arm and making yourself accidentally trip and hit your head against his back.

“Ow!” the both of you said at the same time.

“Oh my god, I’m so sorry! I didn’t mean to—” you apologised, your hand rubbing your head from the minor accident.

“Gosh Y/n, when Jihoon-hyung always complained about you being hard-headed, I didn’t expect him to be literal about it,” he chuckled as he rubs his back.

“I’m so sorry Doyoung, I—wait, what?? Jihoon said what about me??”

“Aish that’s nothing to worry about! You know he likes to joke about these things,” he grinned as he places a hand on your head.

“He better be joking,” you mumbled under your breath.

Doyoung smiled politely at you and moves his hand away from your head now.

“Well, are we still looking for your cats or—”

“NO!” you interrupted him, not intending to raise your voice though. Your eyes widened as you realise how rude you might have acted towards the younger boy in front of you.

“I-I mean…no….it’s okay! I’m sure they’re all full after being fed,” you tried to smile at him to not make him sense your suspicious behaviour.  “So…what brings you down here?” you tried to change the subject.

“Oh, right. I almost forgot. I was looking for Junkyu-hyung. You don’t happen to see him around here…do you?”

“What?” you stifled a fake laugh. “No way! What would Junkyu be doing here? Yeah, no, I haven’t seen him,”

See the full post

25 notes - Posted August 8, 2022

My #1 post of 2022

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 34)

Chapter 34 - A little heartbreak Word count: 4.4k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hi! Oh gosh I am so so happy to be back here! T^T How are you all? I hope all is well with y’all <3 Also! Here’s the latest chapter! Pro tip: Get your tissues ready for this chapter-- I cried writing this, no lie. But okie no worries, the next chapter won’t be this sad I promise fhdhsh T^T Happy reading and love y’all! 🧡💖

“Is this even the right way?” Jihoon asked Hyunsuk who was walking a little further in front of him.

“Of course! We passed by this area yesterday, remember??”

“I don’t know hyung…we could be getting lost,”

Hyunsuk lets out a sigh. “Yahh, trust me, okay? I know where to find the potato field,”

Jihoon lets out a sigh as well and groaned, “Fine. But let’s hurry. I don’t want Jaehyuk’s ice cream to melt,”

Hyunsuk nods back at his friend before proceeding in his steps—a little faster this time since he was excited to show you the ice cream he picked out for you.

The both of them came upon a couple of fields, Hyunsuk confidently striding on the small pathway between the open fields.

“Hyung, the fields here are huge. It’s still not too late to turn back and not get lost, you know”

Hyunsuk shakes his head, his steps still going forward on the narrow pathway.

“It’s an open field, Jihoon. Surely we can spot them in this area,”

And so, they kept on walking for another 5 minutes before Hyunsuk stopping completely in his steps—catching Jihoon by surprise.

“Whoa don’t stop like that, hyung-aa. I almost dropped my ice cream,”

“See what I told you?? They’re right there!” Hyunsuk ignored the younger member’s complaint and points at you and Junkyu whom were at the open field not far on his right now.

“Aigoo, we’re gonna have to take another turn at the end of the field we’re in to get to their side though,” Jihoon whined.

“It’s okay, they don’t look like they’re leaving yet. We can catch up with them,”

“Are you sure? ‘Cause they don’t look like they’re harvesting anything.” Jihoon points out as he noticed you tugging Junkyu to walk in front of you.

“Okay let’s be quick then! Hurry Jihoon-aa!” Hyunsuk jogged ahead again.

Jihoon sighed out loud for the 10th time probably as he followed his hyung again.

And Jihoon was right though. Hyunsuk was heading towards the end of the path, making his way to cross the small four-way path to get to your side of the field when he noticed you and Junkyu walking away from the potato field now.

Hyunsuk turned around to check up on Jihoon, “You good? Am I walking too fast?”

“You could slow down a bit—OH!” Jihoon suddenly exclaimed.

“What, what?? What happened?”

“N-nothing. Y/n tripped,” he points at the scene he was seeing at the other side of the field.

“What?!” Hyunsuk turned back around to see Junkyu helping you back on your feet, making him breathe a sigh of relief since you didn’t look like you were hurt badly.

He then stopped for a minute as he watched you laughing from afar. A small smile formed on his face. Even from here, he could feel his heart beating fast when he sees you laughing out loud like that. Your smile, your laugh…Hyunsuk loves everything about you. And he couldn’t help but envy Junkyu for being lucky enough to help you out in the field, he thought. Spending time with you has always been fun to him.

“Hyung?” Jihoon’s voice pulled Hyunsuk back to reality. “You okay? You’ve been staring at them for some time now,” Jihoon asked since he was worried if Hyunsuk was hurt in any way from watching you and Junkyu.

“Nahh, I’m good,” he assured his friend. “Maybe I’ll just call out to them from here, no? Seems like a chore to walk all the way to the other side,” Hyunsuk suggested.

See the full post

30 notes - Posted March 17, 2022

Get your Tumblr 2022 Year in Review →

#tumblr2022 #year in review #my 2022 tumblr year in review #your tumblr year in review

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 34)

Chapter 34 - A little heartbreak Word count: 4.4k words Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hi! Oh gosh I am so so happy to be back here! T^T How are you all? I hope all is well with y’all <3 Also! Here’s the latest chapter! Pro tip: Get your tissues ready for this chapter-- I cried writing this, no lie. But okie no worries, the next chapter won’t be this sad I promise fhdhsh T^T Happy reading and love y’all! 🧡💖

“Is this even the right way?” Jihoon asked Hyunsuk who was walking a little further in front of him.

“Of course! We passed by this area yesterday, remember??”

“I don’t know hyung…we could be getting lost,”

Hyunsuk lets out a sigh. “Yahh, trust me, okay? I know where to find the potato field,”

Jihoon lets out a sigh as well and groaned, “Fine. But let’s hurry. I don’t want Jaehyuk’s ice cream to melt,”

Hyunsuk nods back at his friend before proceeding in his steps—a little faster this time since he was excited to show you the ice cream he picked out for you.

The both of them came upon a couple of fields, Hyunsuk confidently striding on the small pathway between the open fields.

“Hyung, the fields here are huge. It’s still not too late to turn back and not get lost, you know”

Hyunsuk shakes his head, his steps still going forward on the narrow pathway.

“It’s an open field, Jihoon. Surely we can spot them in this area,”

And so, they kept on walking for another 5 minutes before Hyunsuk stopping completely in his steps—catching Jihoon by surprise.

“Whoa don’t stop like that, hyung-aa. I almost dropped my ice cream,”

“See what I told you?? They’re right there!” Hyunsuk ignored the younger member’s complaint and points at you and Junkyu whom were at the open field not far on his right now.

“Aigoo, we’re gonna have to take another turn at the end of the field we’re in to get to their side though,” Jihoon whined.

“It’s okay, they don’t look like they’re leaving yet. We can catch up with them,”

“Are you sure? ‘Cause they don’t look like they’re harvesting anything.” Jihoon points out as he noticed you tugging Junkyu to walk in front of you.

“Okay let’s be quick then! Hurry Jihoon-aa!” Hyunsuk jogged ahead again.

Jihoon sighed out loud for the 10th time probably as he followed his hyung again.

And Jihoon was right though. Hyunsuk was heading towards the end of the path, making his way to cross the small four-way path to get to your side of the field when he noticed you and Junkyu walking away from the potato field now.

Hyunsuk turned around to check up on Jihoon, “You good? Am I walking too fast?”

“You could slow down a bit—OH!” Jihoon suddenly exclaimed.

“What, what?? What happened?”

“N-nothing. Y/n tripped,” he points at the scene he was seeing at the other side of the field.

“What?!” Hyunsuk turned back around to see Junkyu helping you back on your feet, making him breathe a sigh of relief since you didn’t look like you were hurt badly.

He then stopped for a minute as he watched you laughing from afar. A small smile formed on his face. Even from here, he could feel his heart beating fast when he sees you laughing out loud like that. Your smile, your laugh…Hyunsuk loves everything about you. And he couldn’t help but envy Junkyu for being lucky enough to help you out in the field, he thought. Spending time with you has always been fun to him.

“Hyung?” Jihoon’s voice pulled Hyunsuk back to reality. “You okay? You’ve been staring at them for some time now,” Jihoon asked since he was worried if Hyunsuk was hurt in any way from watching you and Junkyu.

“Nahh, I’m good,” he assured his friend. “Maybe I’ll just call out to them from here, no? Seems like a chore to walk all the way to the other side,” Hyunsuk suggested.

“Sure, your call, hyung,”

“Yeah, I think it’s easier this way too,” he chuckled. “Hey, hand me my ice cream over, I’ll just eat it now while we wait for them to come over here,��

Jihoon rummages through the paper bag in his hand, pulling out Hyunsuk’s vanilla lime popsicle shortly after.

“Thanks.” Hyunsuk said as he unwraps the lime ice confection in his hand.

Hyunsuk was about to open his mouth to call out to the both you and Junkyu when he felt the uneasy feeling again in his chest. Something feels off again.

He tilts his head as he watched you looking flustered, your hand covering your mouth after you said something to Junkyu.

“Hyung?” Jihoon calls out to his hyung again, noticing that he had left the ice cream in his hand unwrapped yet untouched.

Jihoon was busy unwrapping his mint sorbet stick as well to notice what Hyunsuk was so focused on.

It was when he had taken a bite from his sorbet stick when he looked up to see what his Hyunsuk-hyung was watching—and it was the part when Junkyu was leaning in close to your face; as if the both of you were about to kiss.

Hyunsuk immediately turns around to look at Jihoon, not wanting to see the heartbreaking scene on the other side.

Jihoon too, locks eyes with his hyung. “H-hyung…”

He watches as his hyung’s hands shake from holding the ice cream in his hand—not because of the coldness, but because he was trying hard not to sob out loud.

“Hyung…”

Hyunsuk dropped the ice cream in his hand, his hand slowly reaching for his chest right after.

“N-no way Jihoon-aa…” Hyunsuk said, his voice barely audible. “Why…it shouldn’t hurt like this…” he added as tears started streaming down his cheeks.

Jihoon swallowed the lump in his throat. His hyung was crying in front of him. He tried to look over at you and Junkyu again, but the both of you were already looking like you were leaving the field.

Jihoon glances over his hyung. Hyunsuk was a sobbing mess, his hand clutching the shirt over his chest.

Jihoon’s eyes started to tear up as he watches his hyung break down in front of him. He tossed his ice cream onto the ground as well, the sorbet landing right beside his hyung’s fallen ice cream on the soiled ground.

“H-hyung…let’s…head back okay?”

 Aunt Nari’s House (present evening)

You were still confused as to why Hyunsuk had left you without saying anything, not to mention the fact that Jihoon was stopping you from going after him.

“Jihoon, move aside, okay? I need to check on him,”

Jihoon shakes his head at you. “I don’t think you should. Why don’t you stay here with Jaehyuk and Junkyu? I’ll go and check on him,” he replied to you, his arm still held out in front of you to stop you from advancing up the stairs.

“What do you mean I shouldn’t?” You shot him a look.

“No, I meant—I think he just needs time on his own right now.” He sighed.

You shake your head in return at him now. “Funny. You told me to stay here while you go check on him and now you’re telling me he needs to be on his own. Like, what is going on here??”

Jaehyuk and Junkyu looked at both you and Jihoon, worry expressions forming on their face. They didn’t like how you and Jihoon were sounding like you were both in a fight right now.

Jihoon stared at your face for a while, not saying anything. How could he? He couldn’t find the words to explain to you on what he and Hyunsuk witnessed today. Wouldn’t they have sound like stalkers if he told you that they had watched your romantic scene with their friend from afar?

“Move, Jihoon.” You said firmly as you push your way through him and proceeded up the stairs.

Jihoon lets out a loud sigh and turns to his friends.

“Let’s just head to the kitchen. Just let them talk it out.”

With that, he heads towards the kitchen, leaving Junkyu and Jaehyuk feeling unsettled with the current situation.

 *

You stood in front of the room Hyunsuk was in, your hand raised towards the doorknob.

You were worried. Of course you were. He wouldn’t look at you. Why? Did something happen to him?

Well if you want to find out, you’re gonna have to ask him about it, right?

And so you pulled down the knob, the door opening slightly now. Thank goodness he didn’t lock the door; you thought.

You pushed the door slowly, only to see Hyunsuk’s back facing you, him sitting on the floor.

You could hear faint sobs coming from him and instantly you felt your heart break a little to hear him sounding that sad.

“H-hey…Hyunsuk…” you called out to him softly.

From his back, you could tell Hyunsuk was surprised to hear your voice. Suddenly he stopped sobbing. Though you could still hear him sniffling.

“Hyunsuk…?” You said his name again this time.

“Go away Y/n,” he said softly.

You paused. What? Hyunsuk is telling you to…go away?

“But—”

“Y/n I can’t face you right now!” His voice raised. He started crying again.

No way. You felt your chest tightening. You couldn’t leave him alone. Even if that’s what he wants you to do.

He’s your friend. Your close friend. Why is he pushing you away?

You clenched your fist, your eyes holding in tears now.

Taking in a deep breath, you marched towards him and pulled him up to face you.

Hyunsuk’s tear-stained face took you by surprise, making your tears fall down your cheeks as well. He looked extremely sad.

“Hey…what happened? Why won’t you talk to me??” you asked him as your voice shakes.

Hyunsuk felt his chest sting in pain as he sees you crying in front of him now. Great. Now you’re the one that’s crying.

Shouldn’t he be the one crying??

Why are you crying as well? It’s not like you’re the one that had your heart broken a while ago.

Hyunsuk pursed his lips as he stops himself from crying.

“You. You can’t just avoid me and go hide yourself crying without letting me know what happened!” you said to him.

“Me??” Hyunsuk blurted out by now. “You’re the one that’s going around toying with me!”

“What?” you looked at him, confused.

Oh shoot. He almost made it obvious that he has feelings for you. Which wasn’t fair to Junkyu. Junkyu had confessed to you. He gave his word to Junkyu. That he would back down once Junkyu has confessed to you.

But how? Just you looking at him right now, tear-stained eyes, curious to know what he meant by what he said, was making it hard for him.

Hyunsuk took a deep breath.

“Well?” you asked him. “What do you mean by toying with you, Hyunsuk?”

I like you. I love you. More than you know.

I liked you first. No, I loved you first—These were what he wanted to scream out loud.

But he couldn’t.

He shook his head and looks down at his feet. Not like this. Not like this.

“I- Nothing. I didn’t mean what I said. I don’t know what got into me, I’m sorry,” he said softly, his eyes still looking away from you.

You exhaled the breath you were holding in. “No. There’s something going on here. And I need you to tell me, Hyunsuk,”

“You wouldn’t understand.” He muttered. He turned around, wanting to leave you again but you grabbed him by his hand.

“Look at me,”

Hyunsuk stopped. He turned around slowly, and by the time his eyes met yours, his heart aches again.

“Good. Now stay with me,” you said.

Your hands were still holding his.

Hyunsuk looked down briefly at your hands that were holding onto him before looking back at your face.

“I’m not letting go.”

Hyunsuk nods at you. He takes a deep breath. His eyes stayed on you, taking in your facial features in front of him now.

“Now…will you tell me what happened?” you asked him softly, and in a gentler manner now.

“Y/n…”

“Please? I can’t bear it when you don’t even look at me. We’re best friends, aren’t we?”

Best friends. Hyunsuk scoffed when he heard this. Of course. That’s how you see him all this while.

“What? what is it?” you asked again when he scoffed.

“Best friends…” he repeats slowly.

“Yes. I love you, Hyunsuk. You’re my best friend. And seeing you cry, hurts me. I care about you—a lot,”

Hyunsuk shakes his head. He pulled his hand away from your hold, making you frown.

Did you say something wrong?

“Hey, Hyunsuk—”

Hyunsuk cupped your cheeks with both his hands, quieting you.

You felt your heart beat fast as you noticed how close his face was to yours now.

Wait. What’s going on now?

“It’s always been you, Y/n. From the start. ‘Til the future. It’s always you.” He whispered to you.

You stayed quiet. You let him inch closer to you.

“From the day I saw you laughing at the restaurant. I just knew. You. I…you…” he continues his whisper, his voice beginning to shake again.

Tears start falling down his cheeks. He was crying all over again. But this time you let him. You wanted to let him pour his heart out. You wanted him to feel better. Even if this confuses you so much since you were still unclear on what he meant when he said ‘it’s always been you’.

You nod softly in response to him.

Hyunsuk sniffles. His eyes were looking down at your lips.

Junkyu kissed you. You both kissed. Don’t you know how betrayed I feel, Y/n?

But of course he didn’t know that you and Junkyu didn’t kiss at the field. The moment was ruined when you laughed in Junkyu’s face.

You felt Hyunsuk stroking your cheek gently with his hands. “Why him though? All these while…it felt right with you,” he added.

You blinked a couple times. Wait…him?

Hold on.

Back it up.

It suddenly hit you.

Choi Hyunsuk of Treasure…likes you?

That can’t be true. That’s ridiculous!

No way, you’re just overthinking things. He must be talking about some other girl.

Oh hell naw you were wrong though.

Hyunsuk did like you. You realised this when he leaned in to press a light peck on your lips.

Hyunsuk let go of your cheeks, his eyes looking away once again.

You lift your hand, your fingers touching your own lips even though you could barely feel the faint touch of his lips on yours seconds ago.

“I’m sorry, Y/n,” he pushed his hair to the back and sighs frustratedly. “I’m so sorry.”

“N-no. Don’t be. I should be the one saying sorry,”

Hyunsuk searched your eyes now. You’re sorry?

“I’m sorry, Hyunsuk. I didn’t know…”

Hyunsuk pulls you close into his arms, embracing you. “Sshh it’s okay. It’s okay. I know…you like someone else.”

You rest your head against his shoulder. “I’m so sorry…” you muttered softly, letting a tear fall down your cheek.

 *

That night, the boys were already getting ready to leave, them all waiting outside Aunt Nari’s house for their manager to pick them up since Jihoon had texted the location and address to their manager earlier.

Junkyu looked around, noticing that you still haven’t come out of the house.

That’s weird, he thought. He hasn’t seen you since you went to talk with his Hyunsuk-hyung in the evening.

Junkyu glanced over Hyunsuk who was staring straight ahead at nothing. Probably deep in his own thoughts.

Junkyu wondered what happened earlier. No one wanted to talk about it and so both him and Jaehyuk were left clueless until now. Not that he minded, but it would be nice to somehow get the idea of what had happened so that they could avoid any sensitive topics, no?

As the four of them stood outside the front porch, Aunt Nari standing by the front door to make sure that she wouldn’t miss out on saying goodbye to your celebrity friends—the tall boy next door showed up at the front gate.

“Hey! Thank god y’all haven’t left!” Dongyun said as he entered through the gate.

The Treasure boys smiled and nod at him.

“Hey, thanks for coming over here—” he paused to look around, “even though clearly we don’t have much here,” he laughed.

Jaehyuk grinned. “Eyyy says who? Haenam has you here! And there’s Y/n too!”

“Heyy you’re funny, I like you!” Dongyun grinned back at Jaehyuk as he held out his arm to ask for a high-five; in which Jaehyuk responded to of course.

“Speaking of Y/n,” Dongyun continued, making all four boys turn their attention to him the moment your name was mentioned.

“Why isn’t she out here with y’all?” he asked.

“Huh, beats me. I haven’t seen her too,” Jihoon responded.

“Nah, it’s fine. I’ll go call her,” Dongyun offered before he leaves them to enter the house.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Y/n’s room)

You heard a knock from your door, revealing Dongyun’s head as he peeked inside after you answered to let him in.

“Hey, they’re wondering why you’re not down there,” he said as he closes the door behind him.

You were sitting on the floor, your folded mattress right beside you as you planned on laying it out but then you got distracted with your thoughts instead.

You glanced over your friend whom was standing by the door. “Oh.”

Dongyun tilt his head. “Hey…you good?” he asks after listening to your one-word response.

Your eyes went back to staring at your feet as you hugged your knees close to your chin now.

“Y/n?” Dongyun calls out to you.

After waiting for your response for a minute, he decided to just approach you.

And so, you felt a presence sitting beside you not long after. Still, you remained quiet with your thoughts, your gaze still on your feet.

Dongyun elbowed you gently. “Y/n, what’s got into you?”

“Nothing.”

“Please,” he scoffed. “If it was nothing you wouldn’t be up here and staring at your feet as if you’ve just grew them today,”

His sarcasm earned him a scowl from you as you turned to look at him.

“Finally! Now I want you to focus on me,” he instructed jokingly.

“I don’t want to,” you said solemnly.

“Fine then. Don’t. I’ll just head downstairs and tell all your friends that you hate them,”

“Hey!”

Dongyun laughed at your reaction. “Oh gosh Y/n. Of course I wouldn’t do that. You know me,”

You pursed your lips and nod at him. “What do you want Dongyun?”

“Aw come on. What’s going on in your head right now?”

“I told Junkyu I like him earlier today…”

Dongyun gasped loudly. “You’re kidding!”

“I’m not.”

“And?? What did he say??”

“Well, actually, he kind of confessed first so—”

“SHUT UP GIRLFRIEND!” Dongyun screamed beside you, he punches your arm excitedly.

“Ow! Hey! Chill it with the domestic abuse!” you whined at him as you rubbed your arm.

“Duh! Your crush likes you back! This is FUN!”

“Yeah, it is…nice…” you said softly, your eyes looking away again.

“Hm? Why aren’t you happy?”

“I am! I am…I’m just…” you paused to let out a sigh. “I was truly happy…and then I found out about something else and now…I’m confused. I feel…bad. Guilty.”

Dongyun stared at you. He watches how you start to pick on your fingers. Slowly, he reaches out his hand to grab your hand—stopping you from continuing your bad habit.

You looked down at his hand.

“What happened?”

You blinked a couple times. How do you explain it though? Maybe just skip to the main point of your worries?

“Dongyun-aa…”

“Yes?”

“I like Junkyu, a lot.”

“I know that. You’ve told me about him when you first came home.”

“But oh gosh. Just how…how could I be so foolish? How could I be so mean?”

Dongyun couldn’t fully understand what you were trying to tell him now but he decided to just wait for you to continue.

“Hyunsuk…has been nothing but the sweetest and nicest to me. Right from the start.”

Hyunsuk? Ah. This. Dongyun nods slightly, understanding what this was about now.

“I see. You’re torn between Hyunsuk and Junkyu now, huh?”

“I mean, there’s nothing to be torn about, right? I like Junkyu. And…I do like Hyunsuk but, you know, I might have liked him a lot at one point but I know—as of now, my feelings for Junkyu are stronger.”

Dongyun shakes his head. “You girls are so complicated. Even the way you think is complicated.”

You side-eyed him.

“What? Look at you now!”

“Okay but let’s not generalise all girls to be like me, okay? I might be the only complicated one here. Your girlfriend isn’t complicated, is she?”

“Oh gosh, no! My girlfriend’s nothing like you. She’s perfect,”

You bonked him in the head. “Hey, you didn’t have to insult me like that!”

Dongyun laughs at your scowling expression and pats your head. “Okay, okay sorry ma’am”

You let out a sigh. How did you even get in this kind of situation? And how do you fix it? How do you…get out of it?

“Let me guess. Hyunsuk confessed to you too?” Dongyun wondered aloud, trying to guess what was bothering your mind.

Your eyes widened slightly. You stared at your childhood friend, wondering how he could’ve made such an accurate guess.

“What? Don’t look at me like that. I mean, I don’t know about you but from what I see—it’s not that hard to see how those boys were crushing on you. I told you that this could go down into a huge mess if you take too much time,”

You shook your head at him. “I don’t want to hear your nagging,” you grumbled. “I need you to tell me how to fix this. I…I don’t know what to do. After talking things out with Hyunsuk earlier, I’ve stayed in here, not knowing how to face them all after everything that happened today.”

“Oh Y/n…” Dongyun sighs, feeling sorry for you.

“You could…just act normal? Sure, Junkyu confessed and you told him you like him too, right?”

you nod back at his question.

“And you’ve given closure to Hyunsuk when he confessed to you? Does he know you like Junkyu?”

“I mean, he has the idea that I like someone else among his friends…” you shrug.

“Then it’s all fine. You just have to act normally like before. I’m just saying, if you avoid them like this—it’s just gonna make everything more awkward. And well, you might lose all of them,”

You bit your bottom lip in fear. You don’t want to lose your friends. You love them. If anything, they have made your days brighter ever since you met them.

Dongyun stares at you, as if he could tell what was on your mind. “Now. Let’s head down and see your friends off before they leave, okay?” he suggested as he gets up on his feet.

You took in a deep breath before getting up as well.

“Okay.”

 Haenam (Outside Aunt Nari’s House)

“There you are Y/n! Your friends have all been waiting for you out here!” Your Aunt Nari nagged at the front door’s frame as she saw you and Dongyun heading towards her.

You smile, a glum smile, feeling your guilt triple today after what she said.

And just like she had mentioned, the moment you step foot outside the house—all the four Treasure boys turned around to look at you, stilling your heart for a second—because the way they all looked at you literally made your heart jump.

You walked up slowly towards them, your eyes glancing over every single one of them. Your eyes lasted the longest on Hyunsuk as you noticed his sad smile.

You took a deep breath as you finally stood in front of them.

Dongyun arrived right behind you, smiling at your Treasure friends.

“Y/n,” Junkyu said your name softly, making your eyes immediately looking at him. He had his fresh smile on. The one that would most often melt your heart.

“Hey,” you replied softly.

There was a strange silence for a couple seconds. Almost like the atmosphere was sad. Maybe it was. For you, for Hyunsuk, for the others around you.

“Oh gosh,” you heard Jihoon sigh out loud.

You turned to look at him. He had his smug look on his face as he stares at you.

“Why are you looking so sad, dummy? We’re only going back to the city. Besides, you’re coming back too, right?” He smirked.

You scrunched your nose at him. “I’m not sad about you going away that’s for sure,”

Jaehyuk giggled at your nasty remark towards his hyung. Somehow the solemn vibe had lifted.

Jaehyuk placed his hand on your head, patting it. “You better come back soon, Y/n! Let’s do some cooking together in the dorms!”

You smiled a little. Jaehyuk…is just so nice…They all are…You never want to hurt any of them…

You slowly turned to look at Hyunsuk who had been staring at you as you were interacting with his friends.

He notices your eyes on him now and he hurriedly blinked a couple times, not wanting to be reminded of what happened between you both.

“Y-you…let’s hang sometime yeah?” He said awkwardly.

You smiled wider this time and nods at him. “Yes. Let’s. We still haven’t gone on that Taco Bell date we always talked about, right?”

Hyunsuk grins, feeling glad that you somehow remembered about the little talks you both had some time ago. “Yeah. And our coffee dates too!”

“Sure,” you giggled, feeling relieved that everything felt a little normal now.

“Whoa there, easy there kids. We’re all still here you know,” Jihoon teased.

The rest of you laughed out loud together after what Jihoon said.

“Oh, is that your ride?” Dongyun pointed out amidst the laughter. There was a black tinted van heading towards the house.

“Oh, yeah. Make sure y’all didn’t leave anything behind!” Jihoon reminded the rest of his members.

As the boys started checking on their stuff again, you stole a glance over at Junkyu and lift your hand to give him a tiny wave between the both of you.

Junkyu noticed your gesture, making him pay attention to you. He smiled at you and waved back. His eyes looked around to see if anyone was looking at the both of you before he mouthed the words that made your heart warm all over: “I love you”

 To be continued….

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #treasurefic #TREASURE IMAGINE #teufic #ygtreasure #ygtb imagines #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #all treasure members #treasure members #treasure scenario #treasure fic #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu treasure #junkyu fluff #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 31)

Chapter 31 - Just a little interval 

Word count: 3.5k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello~ I’ve been occupied with work lately since the festive season is coming (I’m super hyped for Christmas!! 🥰) and it’s the busiest month for my company this time :’3 but! I’m so happy to be able to put this chapter out! I wanted to make it longer but I figured that I’ll put the rest in the next chapter :3 This chapter was literally just an interval before I put out the next one so I hope you guys are happy with this for now 🥺 Sorry it’s a little short this time around but eep! Can’t wait for the next one! Love you all, take care always~ 💖🧡

Haenam / Aunt Nari’s House (night)

After dinner, the boys and you have gathered in the living room to watch a movie before turning into your own rooms (except for jihoon who has volunteered to sleep in the living room).

“So, what movie are we watching?” you asked, bringing in the snacks since you were the last to enter the room.

Jaehyuk and Junkyu grinned towards you, making you feel like their behaviour were suspicious.

“What’s with that look on your faces,” you asked them.

“Oh nothing,” Jaehyuk sang, still grinning that silly grin on his face.

You rolled your eyes and decided to just ignore their weird behaviour. You stood at the end of the flat mattress that was originally placed there for Jihoon to sleep in but right now everyone was just sitting on it to cushion their seating whilst they face the television.

“Why? What’s wrong y/n?” Jihoon asks you, noticing that you still haven’t sat down.

“Uh, can you guys scoot over to that side? I don’t want to sit way too far away near the corner,”

“Pshh, why? Are you scared?” Jaehyuk teased you, earning an elbow nudge from Hyunsuk because he kept teasing you.

“No, it’s not like we’re watching anything scary lol,”

“Wops! Bad guess, y/n. We are watching something scary. Now hurry sit yourself down,” Jaehyuk said.

“No way,” you respond.

“Aw come on y/n! It’s not that scary, I promise,” Jihoon whined as he pats on the spot beside him.

You narrowed your eyes at him. “I don’t trust you. And heck, I’m not sitting beside you. For all I know you could be screaming in my ears when something scary pops up later,”

“Okay fine. Just sit somewhere so we can start already,” Jihoon said in a surrendering tone.

“Oh wait, can you switch off the lights before you sit down?” Jaehyuk said, giving you his puppy-eyed look.

You sighed and walked over towards the light switch to switch it off. The whole room went dark, with only the television lighting on.

You walked back towards your friends, trying to find a spot to sit at—definitely not at the end where Jihoon is sitting because you know very well how loud he can scream.

Hyunsuk saw you staring at them for a while and he realised that you were probably confused on where to sit so he opened his mouth to call out to you—

“Ah, y/n, you can sit—”

His words were interrupted by Jaehyuk instead—“Y/n! Come sit next to me! Don’t worry, if you’re scared, I’ll cover your eyes and ears for you!” he said cheerfully.

You smiled at his confidence, though you’re pretty sure he might be one of the scaredy-cats in the room.

But you appreciate his offer so you nod at him and went over to sit beside him, in which coincidentally led to you sitting in between him and Junkyu.

And so, the sitting position you all were in were like this:

From left: Hyunsuk, Jaehyuk, You, Junkyu, Jihoon

“Ready to be spooked, y/n?” Jihoon smirked as his hands hovered over the ‘play’ button on the remote.

“Aww hey, don’t scare her like that,” Jaehyuk whined as he wrapped an arm around your shoulder, pulling you close to him.

You rolled your eyes and sighed, “Cut it out, Jihoon. Just press play already.”

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Still the same night)

The horror movie you all were watching was already at it’s climax—where the ghost was literally popping up on the screen every minute (well, it felt like it happened every minute), which was already the reason why your Treasure friends and you were huddled up close with each other.

Your Aunt Nari had checked on you all twice since the movie started, mainly because she kept hearing screams from her living room. When she learnt that you were all watching a horror movie, she shrugged and left for her room to rest for the night—and to ignore you all; also letting you all rest up for the night. Though screaming and watching ghosts appear on the tv screen isn’t what she assumes to be relaxing, she decides to just let you all enjoy yourselves for the night.

Back to you and your friends:

“Eyyyy that girl’s gonna get chased at this point!” Jihoon cried as he covered his eyes partially with his hands.

“Hush no, don’t say that! I want her to live,” you said to him back, though you were watching with your eyes squinting—not wanting to watch the screen in full view.

“Don’t! Don’t don’t don’t!” Jaehyuk said as he watches the girl on the screen slowly getting possessed.

And sure enough, a jump-scare happened in the movie. The ghost’s face popped up on the screen UP CLOSE, earning loud screams from all of you; except for Junkyu who sat still watching the movie intently.

“Enough, enough aaaaaa,” Hyunsuk wailed as he waved his hands, trying to tell the ghost to stop jump-scaring them like that.

“Whose idea was it to watch this—UWAAAHHHH SHE’S GETTING DRAGGED BY THE GHOST,” Jaehyuk screamed. He hurriedly grabs onto Hyunsuk’s arm and hides his face on his hyung’s shoulder.

You weren’t exactly surprised by the scene but Jaehyuk’s scream startled you so much you literally jumped from your seat.

You turned to look over at Jaehyuk who was clinging to Hyunsuk, the both of them muttering random words since they were both still too scared to move or part from each other.

You shook your head at them. “Aigoo, and you said you were gonna help protect me,” you teased Jaehyuk for his scaredy-cat behaviour right now which was a contrast to his confidence before the movie started before this.

You were about to look back at the screen but then the ghost popped up again, making your heart stop for a while (you believe it stopped for a second there lmao). You pat your chest and breath out to calm yourself down by the ghost’s appearance.

And then suddenly, you felt your right hand being held.

You turned your head to look at Junkyu, whose eyes were glued onto the screen, not blinking. He wasn’t even flinching. You tilt your head. Just how does he do it? Does he not get scared at all?

You were caught by surprise again when the other 3 boys screamed. You felt the hand holding yours tightening its grip. Your eyes lowered to see Junkyu’s hand holding yours.

What is this feeling? You were scared by the movie, and it made your heart race. But this time, right now, you’re sure that your heart was racing because of Junkyu. He was holding your hand to keep you calm.

You licked your lips and decided to focus back on the movie, ignoring the butterflies in your tummy now.

Junkyu glanced over at you, your eyes were staring at the screen. He felt your hand holding his in return and he smiled to himself. He felt…happy. Even just holding your hand in this dimly-lit room makes him happy. He wanted to stop time and just stay like this with you.

“Oh gosh all these screaming is making me hungry,” Jihoon said. “Where are all the snacks?”

You turned to your left and saw Hyunsuk handing over the mini pretzels’ bag to you, his hand shaking.

You took it from his hand with your free hand and was about to hand it over to Jihoon but then suddenly Hyunsuk and Jaehyuk screamed again—making you jump in your seat yet again.

And this time you spilled the mini-pretzels all over Junkyu and Jihoon.

“Oh my gosh—I’m so sorry!” you apologised as soon as you noticed them covered by the snacks you spilt.

You immediately pulled your hand away from Junkyu, trying to pick up the pieces of mini pretzels from him and Jihoon in the dimmed room.

You heard Jihoon getting up and not long after, the lights were back on.

Jihoon dusted off the remaining pretzels that were stuck to his hoodie and shook his head as soon as he sees the sight in front of him.

Hyunsuk’s and Jaehyuk’s face were stained by tears, both of them still holding to each other—terrified looks on both of their faces. And then there’s you, on all fours and trying to collect the pretzel pieces you spilt and Junkyu who was stunned and confused as to what was going on.

“I think that’s enough horror for tonight,” Jihoon snickered.

 *

(Aunt Nari’s House / Late night)

It had been two hours after the boys had watched the horror movie with you. But of course, the movie was cut short because Jihoon realised that everyone was insanely terrified whilst watching and he wouldn’t want the neighbours to complain about their screaming the whole night.

And so, the boys had already left to their own rooms, leaving Jihoon alone in the living room. Hyunsuk, Junkyu and you slept in the rooms upstairs (separately of course hfhdhs) and Jaehyuk slept in the guest room downstairs which was not far from Aunt Nari’s room and the living room where Jihoon slept.

On the mattress that he laid on, Jihoon kept tossing and turning, unable to keep his eyes closed. He felt restless. This is weird, he thought. His whole body felt tired from today’s trip and activities yet his mind was wide awake.

Jihoon pulled off the covers from his body. He sat up. “Damn, why can’t I sleep?”

He yawned quietly, acknowledging the fact that he was indeed sleepy and tired. But his mind wouldn’t let him sleep.

He lets out a sigh and looks around the living room.

He was suddenly reminded of the images of the ghost in the movie as he was looking around the dark room.

Jihoon felt his heart racing as he shuddered from the sudden images popping in his head.

“Aish, I can’t sleep here.” He mumbled to himself as he hurriedly gets up from the mattress.

His feet sped up the steps of the house, him wanting to head to his best friend’s room as soon as possible. Sleeping with Junkyu would make him feel safer, he thought to himself. Besides, Junkyu wasn’t the type to mind if his friends snuggled close to him while he sleeps too.

Jihoon reaches the room and turns on the knob, letting himself inside.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (The next morning)

Jaehyuk’s eyes fluttered open when he heard movements outside his room.

Ah, Aunt Nari must be awake by now.

Since his room wasn’t far from Aunt Nari’s he reckoned that the lady must be getting started with her day already.

Jaehyuk glimpsed over the time on his phone. 7.16 am. Whoa, the people here sure wake up early on a Sunday, he thought.

He fixed his pyjamas, ruffling his hair as well to make himself look presentable before leaving his room and heading towards the washroom.

 *

Jaehyuk had just finished brushing his teeth and washing up.

As soon as he opened the door of the washroom, he was surprised to see Aunt Nari passing by him.

“Ah, Aunt Nari. Good morning,” he smiled.

“Oh? Jaehyuk-ssi. You’re up early,” she said back.

Jaehyuk smiled his whisker smile and nods. “Sometimes I wake up the earliest in the dorms,”

This earned him extra brownie points from Aunt Nari, the lady smiling and nodding in acknowledgement that this boy indeed seems to be a fine match for you.

But of course she didn’t say it out loud. She simply nodded and pointed towards the kitchen.

“I might need help in the kitchen for breakfast. Since you’re up, could you wake y/n up as well? I swear, that girl would never wake up if no one wakes her up.”

Jaehyuk giggled listening to your teacher’s rant. “Sure, I’ll wake her up.”

With that, Jaehyuk left to head upstairs, passing by the living room as he made his way.

He stopped briefly as he noticed the empty mattress in the middle of the room.

“Huh, Jihoon-hyung must’ve felt scared to sleep alone last night,” he chuckled, guessing that his hyung probably barged into one of his other hyung’s rooms last night.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Same morning / Upstairs)

“Y/n~ Aunt Nari is calling for you~” Hyunsuk heard Jaehyuk’s voice from outside his room.

Hyunsuk gets up from his mattress and rubs his eyes. “Aigoo, it’s still so early,” he muttered.

He walks up towards his door and opens it to see Jaehyuk standing in front of the door that was beside his room.

“Oh, hyung! Good morning,” Jaehyuk greeted the elder.

Hyunsuk smiled meekly, his eyes still trying to wake himself up from his good sleep.

“You’re up early,”

“That’s what Aunt Nari said too,” Jaehyuk snickered. “I’m trying to get y/n to wake up. Aunt Nari wants her to help out in the kitchen.” He said as he points at your bedroom door.

“Mhm sure, you do that. I’m gonna go wash up.” Hyunsuk nods as he closes the door behind him.

“Okay, hyung. Oh, I haven’t seen Jihoon-hyung downstairs. I guess he must’ve crashed in Junkyu-hyung’s room since he isn’t in your room?”

Hyunsuk stopped in his tracks. “Hm? Yeah, no, he wasn’t in my room. He’s surely in Junkyu’s.” he replied confidently, before leaving Jaehyuk on his own.

Jaehyuk shrugs to himself. He continued knocking on your door, in hopes that you would wake up soon since he was getting hungry from standing this long.

“Y/n, wake uppppp.” He called out to you in a whiny tone now.

He continued rapping on your door for another couple minutes, to the point Hyunsuk had finished washing up from the bathroom.

“Aigoo, she’s that heavy of a sleeper huh?” Hyunsuk said, his face towel placed on his shoulder as he approached Jaehyuk.

“Seems like it,” Jaehyuk chuckled.

“Why don’t you wake Junkyu up first? I’ll help you wake y/n up once I change out of my PJs,” Hyunsuk offered.

“Thanks, hyung,” Jaehyuk smiled. He then left for the room that was located beside the bathroom.

Jaehyuk knocked on the door, which earned him a grumble from the other side of the door.

“Hyunggg I can hear you. Wake upppp. And wake Jihoon-hyung up as well,” Jaehyuk said towards the door.

He waited for a minute before he began knocking again, because he knows that knocking once wouldn’t be enough to wake his koala-sleeping-hyung.

Jaehyuk’s hand reached for the door knob--- but then he stopped when he heard a scream coming out of the room.

Hyunsuk hurriedly ran out of his room. “What, what? What happened?? Who screamed??”

Jaehyuk too, looked confused and startled. “I…I-I don’t know! But it sounded like Jihoon-hyung’s voice,”

Hyunsuk panicked since he was worried if anything bad had happened to his friend. And so he immediately reaches for Junkyu’s door and twisted the knob, pushing the door open—

And there on the mattress, sat Junkyu with a frown on his face. His left eye was still closed as he rubbed on it with his hand.

“What…why are you both so loud this morning,” the sleepy boy complained.

“We heard a scream—wait a minute, where’s Jihoon?” Hyunsuk asks, noticing his co-leader was nowhere to be seen in Junkyu’s room.

“Huh? I thought he slept in the living room?” Junkyu answered confusedly.

Jaehyuk and Hyunsuk exchanged glances with one another.

Could it be?

The both of them left Junkyu in his own confusion and dashed towards your room.

Hyunsuk could feel his heart pounding. He wasn’t ready to see what or well, to be frank—who was in your room.

Jaehyuk noticed Hyunsuk pausing in front of your door, his hand ghosting over the knob. He took it as a hint that his hyung was probably worried on what had happened.

Jaehyuk gently pushes his hyung’s hand aside and turned the knob himself, pushing the door open to see what was going on inside.

Both Hyunsuk and Jaehyuk’s expression turned dumbfounded as soon as the door swung open in front of them.

Why?

Well…it was a strange scene to be honest.

In the room, there was Jihoon at one end, hogging all the blanket to himself, small screams emitting from his mouth as he tried to shoo you away from him.

And then there’s you, pulling on the other end of the blanket, hair slightly dishevelled since you clearly had just woken up. And obviously not in a good mood from being woken up.

“Jihoon, stop screaming oh god! Give me back my blanket!”

“Aaaahhhh ahhhhhhh! Stay away from me!” Jihoon swats his hand in your direction, telling you to stop pulling the blanket from him.

“Uhh…what’s going on here…” Hyunsuk voices out, finally, after taking in the strange scene going on in front of him.

Both you and Jihoon stopped your mini drama and turned to look at the two boys standing at your doorframe.

And at the same time the both of you pointed at each other to say—“I didn’t do anything—”

The both of you turned to look at each other again this time, glaring at each other.

“You started it!” Jihoon said.

You let out a scoff. “Me?? You’re the one that’s sleeping in my room! Imagine how I felt waking up with a grown man beside me—who’s not my husband or lover!”

Jaehyuk and Hyunsuk let out loud gasps upon hearing this.

“Y-you what??” Hyunsuk asks, his voice hitched. He was too surprised at this moment.

“Hey, look. I’ll explain myself before you guys get the wrong idea,” Jihoon looked at the three of you, trying to fix the situation he was in.

“I was scared last night, okay? So I went up to crash into Junkyu’s room. It was dark, okay? I didn’t know this was your room,” he explained.

The three of you fell quiet. Well…Jihoon is indeed a scaredy cat, Hyunsuk reasoned silently. And the house was indeed pitch dark upstairs last night…Maybe Jihoon really didn’t mean to barge into your room.

You on the other hand was sceptical. Though you believe that this was all a misunderstanding, you felt something was off. Or maybe, you’re just overthinking things.

You let out a loud sigh. “Okay, look, I want to believe that you’re not some freaky pervert barging into my room in the middle of the night—because given your explanation, it indeed made sense for you to mistaken my room as Junkyu’s since it’s right beside Hyunsuk’s,”

Jihoon nods at this.

“Though…” you continued, “How do you explain your arm draped over my waist when we woke up this morning, huh?” this time, you raised an eyebrow at the boy who was still covered in your blanket.

“Huh? I don’t remember that?” Jihoon responded with a confused look on his face.

Jaehyuk and Hyunsuk both had their hands covering their mouth. This was too spicy of a drama in the morning. Jihoon had his arm around your waist???

You rolled your eyes. “Of course you wouldn’t remember. When I woke up, your face was breathing so close to mine I immediately woke you up. And then the moment you opened your eyes you started screaming at my face and there you go—” you point a finger in his direction. “You started scooting far away from me and pulling my blanket away while screaming,”

Jihoon raised his hands, “Okay but in my defense, I’m the type that cuddles people when I sleep with them so I’m sorry for that part—” he looks over his friends’ direction.

Hyunsuk and Jaehyuk shrugged and nod at the same time, agreeing with him.

You huffed. “Okay fine. Maybe…maybe this was all a mistake. I’ll forgive you…also because you seemed so traumatised to see me when you wake up.”

Jihoon nods his head furiously. “You bet. Imagine having to wake up to you every day,” he added as he shuddered.

“Hey! What’s that supposed to mean??” you glared at him. You were this close to throwing your pillow at him cause you were that offended with what he said.

“Okay, okay you two. That’s enough,” Jaehyuk entered your room fully now, trying to ease the tension going on.

Hyunsuk turned around to look over at Junkyu’s room behind him, only to see the koala boy soundly sleeping again on the mattress in his room with the door left wide open.

He shook his head to himself. Just how does that kid manage to sleep through the loud drama that happened earlier?? Hyunsuk turned his attention back to your room and he saw Jihoon getting up on his feet, him folding your blanket neatly right after.

And then Hyunsuk looked over in your direction with Jaehyuk. The both of you were folding your mattress together, and somehow, you weren’t scowling anymore. Instead, you were giggling at something Jaehyuk said.

Hyunsuk stood at the doorframe by himself, feeling foreign in all of a sudden. Why does something feel so off? Yet he couldn’t pin what it is.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #ygtreasure #ygtb imagines #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasure junkyu #teufic #treasure fic #treasurefanfic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 33)

Chapter 33 - The Confession

Word count: 4.3k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance, slight Angst.

A/N: Hello hello! How are you all doing? I’ve caught the flu so I’m resting up while I can and also going to work as usual :’D Here’s the new chapter yay! I like this one-- well some parts. Thank you for your patience in waiting for this chapter <3 take care always and love you all! <33

Haenam / Potato Field

You were crouching on the ground, digging the soil to harvest the few potatoes that were ripe. “Okay, that’s the 6th one,” you counted, as you breathe out.

“Yah, Kim Dongyun, where the hell are you? It’s been almost half an hour,” you complained to yourself as you lift your head to look around, just in case your friend’s figure would show up.

Nope, no sign of him.

You let out a sigh and moved forward towards another bed of potatoes, scanning which side to be harvested first this time.

As you were busy digging on some dirt, you finally heard light footsteps approaching you from behind.

“About time. I almost harvested one whole bed on my own,” you complained as soon as you heard the footsteps stopping right behind you.

“I’m sorry,” the voice said, panting.

You froze in your position. Wait a minute. That’s not Dongyun’s voice.

You swiftly turn your head and saw—Junkyu, panting and trying to catch his breath after half-running to where you were.

“Junkyu? What are you doing here??”

“I--,” he stopped, swallowing in air again. “Dongyun said you needed my help so,”

“Wha--? Where is he anyways?”

“He was escorting me here but he stopped halfway for an emergency restroom situation,”

Just like when he was with you earlier, you thought.

Which was kinda coincidental. But also fishy. But then again, Junkyu is here now. And he looks somewhat confused.

“I see.” You said. “Well, uh, I was just harvesting some potatoes and uh, I’m not sure if there are any extra spades—”

You stopped talking when Junkyu lifted his hand to show you the spade in his hand.

“Dongyun-ssi gave me this earlier,” he grinned.

“Oh. Okay then, I guess we could dig around while we wait for him then,” you chuckled softly.

 *

(30 minutes earlier)

The moment Dongyun saw you leaving towards the potato field, he immediately dashed out of the restaurant to head back towards his neighbour’s house.

“Oh? Dongyun? I thought you went to harvest potatoes with Y/n?” Aunt Nari said as soon as she saw the young man entering the gates of her home.

Dongyun smiled, catching his breath from all the running he did.

“Ah yes, I wanted to get another spade. We only brought one,”

Aunt Nari shook her head. “Aigoo. That Y/n. She must’ve forgotten to bring one on her own and now she’s troubling you to come back here,” she nagged. “There’s one in the backyard, you can borrow that one,”

“Thanks,” he shot the lady an apologetic look.

With that, Dongyun excused himself to head inside her house.

As soon as he enters through the front door, he was greeted by the Treasure boys, relaxing in the living room.

Hyunsuk was talking on the phone with another member, he assumed, and then there’s Jihoon and Jaehyuk in front of the TV, making commentaries on some cooking show playing on the TV.

Dongyun’s eyes scanned the room for a specific being.

And right in the corner of the room, Junkyu was focused on his phone, probably engrossed with a game or video.

Bingo.

Dongyun walked up towards the guy that was sitting alone, earning a glance from Hyunsuk as he noticed the man approaching his friend.

“Junkyu-ssi,”

Junkyu’s eyes glance up from his phone screen, noticing the man that had dragged you away standing in front of him now. His eyes looked around, trying to look for your presence but alas, you weren’t anywhere in sight.

“Junkyu-ssi, right?” Dongyun asked again.

“Uhh, yes. Is there anything you need?” Where’s Y/n? he wanted to ask that as well but he didn’t dare to.

“Right, I kind of uhh need your help. Well, actually, Y/n and I need help at the field. We’re short of hands for the harvest,” Dongyun explained.

“Oh. You want me to come help you guys?” Junkyu asked, pointing a finger at himself.

“Yeah, sure. Y/n asked for you,”

“Oh?” Junkyu’s eyes widened. Y/n had asked for him? Me? Junkyu felt somehow proud that it was him you had seek for. He was about to agree when Hyunsuk showed up beside Dongyun, his hand still holding onto his phone, with Doyoung on the screen.

“What’s going on here?” Hyunsuk asks.

“Ah, nothing. I was just asking Junkyu-ssi to help me and Y/n out in the field,” Dongyun replied, smiling apologetically again.

“Ahh. Doyoung, I’ll talk to you later,” Hyunsuk said to the boy on the phone.

“Uh sure, talk to you later, hyung,” Doyoung said to his hyung, his face showing curiosity on who the stranger Hyunsuk was talking to, not knowing that it was just your childhood friend.

After Hyunsuk ended the call, his attention returned to Dongyun and Junkyu.

“So, you guys need help huh?”

“Uh yeah, but we just need an extra pair of hands. So I was just asking Junkyu-ssi to join us,”

“Oh. So…you don’t need me to go help as well? I mean, I don’t mind tagging along,” Hyunsuk offered.

Dongyun smiles and shakes his head. “It’s fine. Thank you for the offer though. Junkyu-ssi let’s go, we need to grab an extra spade at the back,” he said as he leaves his spot, heading towards the kitchen.

Junkyu blinked a couple times before deciding to follow your friend to the back of the house, leaving Hyunsuk standing alone.

Hyunsuk lets out a sigh and keeps his phone into his pocket. He heads towards Jihoon and Jaehyuk, joining them on their watch party.

“Hey hyung, what’s up?” Jihoon grinned, inviting the hyung to sit beside him as he pats the cushion on the floor.

“Nothing much,” Hyunsuk shrugs as he sits down beside his co-leader.

“Where’s Junkyu-hyung?” Jaehyuk asks.

And just as Hyunsuk was about to answer the younger boy, Junkyu and Dongyun walked past all of them, looking as if they were in a rush to leave.

“Oh, take care the both of you!” Hyunsuk called out to the both of them.

“Alright! See you, hyung!” Junkyu waved towards them before disappearing out the door.

Hyunsuk pouts a little and turns to face the TV again.

“Hey…where are they headed to?” Jihoon asks, also noticing his hyung looking somewhat gloomy.

“They’ve gone to help Y/n out at the fields,”

“I see…”

The three of them stayed quiet for a moment, letting the TV noises being the only sound heard in the living room.

“Hey, hyung,” Jaehyuk said in all of a sudden, breaking the silence.

Both Hyunsuk and Jihoon turned to look at him, curious on what he was about to say.

“Let’s go get some ice cream! I saw the convenience store we passed by yesterday, and they have that grape jelly ice cream!” he said excitedly.

“Should we? We could buy some for Aunt Nari, Junkyu and Y/n too,” Jihoon added, grinning.

“And Dongyun-hyung too,” Jaehyuk mentioned, making Jihoon roll his eyes slightly at the sound of his name being said. And then there’s Hyunsuk who groaned in annoyance as well.

“Ugh, fine, if we must,” Hyunsuk said.

“Alright! I’ll go get my wallet upstairs,” Jihoon got up from his seat.

“Ah, but wait, who’s gonna stay and accompany Aunt Nari here if we all leave?” Jaehyuk asked, concerned about leaving your teacher all alone.

“Nah, we won’t be long. She’ll be fine,” Jihoon assured the younger member.

Hyunsuk too, was already on his feet by now, ready to go upstairs to retrieve his bag as well.

“Hmm…I think I’ll stay,”

“Huh?” Both the leaders were surprised.

Jaehyuk smiled at his hyungs. “I feel bad about leaving her all alone. Sure, she’s used to being alone since her children work out of town—but she must’ve liked it when she had people over…so yeah, I’ll stay. Besides, it’s not like you both are gonna take that long to come back, no?”

Both Hyunsuk and Jihoon shook their heads.

“Yeah, no, we won’t be long.”

“Alright then. Grape jelly ice cream for you, right?” Jihoon reconfirmed with Jaehyuk before he leaves the room.

 *

Haenam/ Potato Field

“You doing alright there?” You asked the taller boy who was busy harvesting the potato bed behind you.

“Yup,” he answered short.

“Okay, I’m almost done with this bed. I’ll head over to you once I’m done,”

Junkyu nods, though he was sure you weren’t looking at him since you had your back facing him.

To be honest, Junkyu was struggling on his own. He was digging the potatoes out but he was making a mess of the potato bed. He wasn’t really sure which were ripe enough to dig too, so he just went ahead and dig up whichever ones he assumed to be ripe with his spade.

You on the other hand were on your last piece of potato, finally patting the soil back to tidy it up before tossing the final potato into the small basket in front of you.

You dust your hands which were covered with gloves, which you were glad you found in the empty potato baskets when you first arrived. At least you won’t get your nails dirty, you thought.

As you got up on your feet after squatting for god knows how long—you turned around to carry the small basket towards where Junkyu was.

“Oh?” Junkyu heard your voice appearing near him now.

He saw a basket filled with potatoes being placed beside him, and then your figure squatting not far from him.

“Wait—where are your potatoes?” You asked him since you noticed that there were plenty of holes on the ground but his basket was nowhere to be seen.

Junkyu moved slightly to reveal his basket that was filled with only 4 potatoes in it.

“Wait, we’ve been here for half an hour and you only have four potatoes??”

“No…I had more…I just wasn’t sure…”

You tilt your head. “And what happened to the rest?”

“…I uh..I buried them back…”

“Wha—why??”

“Because they weren’t big enough! Look, at least the ones I saved were big!” Junkyu pointed towards his basket.

“Oh Junkyu…” you sighed, but then a smile crept on your face.

If it was Dongyun who had made this sort of mistake, you would’ve immediately bonked him in the head but since it was Junkyu…you figured that you’d save the nagging and explain to him instead on how harvesting potatoes work.

“You’ve never done this sort of thing, have you?” You asked him.

Junkyu shakes his head slowly.

“I guess that explains it.” You stretched your arm and grabbed a small potato from your basket.

“This one’s small, right?” you asked him again.

Junkyu nods at you.

“So even though it’s small, it’s still harvested because it’s ripe. Now, just because they’re big doesn’t necessarily mean they’re ripe enough too, sometimes,” you explained to the boy.

You showed the potato in your hand closer to Junkyu to look at. You rubbed your gloved hand against the potato skin. “See this? The skin stays intact even when I rub it. This is how you know it’s ripe enough,”

You reached over to grab Junkyu’s potato now, which was bigger than yours. You rubbed it in front of him. The skin of the potato seemed flaky and bits fell to the ground.

“Oh no, it’s flaking,” Junkyu pointed out, worried.

You nod back at him and placed the potato on the soiled ground. “It’s almost ripe, but not fully. That, we can bury back,” you point at it.

“Oh…” Junkyu buried the potato back and quickly checked on the remaining 3 pieces of potato in his basket. He was relieved that all 3 were ripe just then.

“I’m sorry, y/n…I wanted to help but turns out I wasn’t that big of a help…”

“Naw, hey. You don’t have to apologise. You did nothing wrong. You just weren’t familiar with these that’s all,”

“Yeah…” Junkyu nods. “But I learned from you today!” he said cheerfully, earning a grin from you.

“Sure,” you smiled at him. “Besides, the person that should apologise right now is that Kim Dongyun. The nerve of him leaving us both here and doing all the sweaty work,” you huffed, even though the weather was clearly windy and you hadn’t broke any sweat at all.

“I don’t mind it being just the two of us though,” Junkyu said softly, in which he thought he was monologuing but then you heard him of course.

What Junkyu said made you fell silent. Made you forget that you were mad at Dongyun for a second. You felt your cheeks heating up in all of a sudden.

Junkyu noticed you being silent beside him. “Hm? Y/n? You okay?”

You blinked a couple times before answering him. “Huh? Oh yeah, I am. I uh…here, give me your harvests, I’ll add them to my basket,”

“Okay,” he handed them over to you, noticing that you weren’t looking at him.

Hm? Why is she suddenly so quiet? She was talking a lot before; Junkyu wondered.

And then it hit him.

Junkyu covered his mouth with his hand. “Agh!” he half-yelled.

“Whoa, what’s wrong?” you asked, startled.

“I…you heard what I said, didn’t you?” he stammered.

You felt your cheeks blush again. “W-what? Heard what? Nothing, nothing! Let’s get going,” You said as you rose up on your feet, getting ready to leave.

“Ah, wait for me!” Junkyu scurried behind you, not wanting to get left behind.

But then suddenly he tripped and fell, the sound of him landing on the ground making you turn around.

“Junkyu!” You placed your basket down and ran towards him.

Junkyu got up on his own and was on his knees by the time you showed up beside him.

“Oh my god are you alright?? How did you even fell down??”

“I was trying to catch up with you. You know, for a small girl you walk quite fast at times,” he whined.

“I’m sorry,” you apologized, feeling bad.

“It’s okay, I’m fine anyways,” he assured you.

“Okay, let’s get up and head back, okay?” You said to him. “You can walk first—just in case,” you suggested, worried that he might trip again.

And so, Junkyu got up and started walking in front of you, with you behind him directly.

And as if the universe wanted to play pranks on you two, you accidentally tripped over your shoelace, making you fall behind him with a thud this time.

Junkyu turned around when he heard the sound.

His eyes widened when he saw you on all fours—managing to break your fall with your quick reflex; but the basket you carried before was lying on the ground and several pieces of potatoes were scattered all around you.

“Y/n!” he ran over towards you this time.

He immediately grabs your arm, checking if you were hurt in anyway.

“I’m fine Junkyu, I’m fine,” you laughed at his worried expression.

“Yahh why are you laughing?? You could’ve gotten hurt!”

“No, no! It’s just—” you continued laughing. “I was questioning on how you could’ve fell down earlier and look! Now I’m the one that fell this time,”

Junkyu’s expression relaxed as he watched you laughing in front of him. His eyes roamed around, taking in every detail of you in front of him right now.

The way you wiped your eyes after laughing hard at yourself, your braided hair being slightly messy now as strays of your hair swayed with the breeze blowing against the both of you.

Junkyu felt at peace. He felt peaceful just seeing you here, in front of him. Not like he ever felt at war but it’s just such a good feeling to have you around. It’s almost like as if all the troubles he had—ever—gone from his mind. And the only thoughts he has were of you.

But of course you hadn’t notice Junkyu staring at you without even blinking—you were busy gathering and picking up the potatoes you had dropped.

And by the time you were done, you noticed Junkyu’s eyes locking with yours when you turned to look over at him.

You felt chills from his eye contact.

“H-hey, you good?” You asked.

“Huh? Ah, uh, yeah,” he responded as he blinks.

“Okay, let’s get going now,”

You were about to pass by Junkyu when he grabbed you by the arm.

“I like you,”

You froze in your spot. Wait, what?

Junkyu waited for your reaction. He felt his heart pounding loudly against his chest right now.

This wasn’t the way he imagined his confession towards you would be. Of course not! He had practiced several times—what he was gonna say, how the setting should be and all, but today, he just couldn’t help himself. He wanted to say it to you. He’s always wanted to and today he finally said it out loud.

You were still frozen in your spot, not being able to look at him.

You’re not hallucinating things, right?

Was the wind too loud to the point that you had misheard what Junkyu said? He didn’t just say ‘I like you’, did he??

“Y/n,” his voice calling your name pulled you out of your thoughts.

“Y-yes?” you answered, finally turning to look at him. His hand was still holding on to your arm, and you could see how his eyes were dead serious as he looks into yours.

“I need to know…how you feel about me. I’m sorry, I didn’t expect it to happen this way but—if you like Hyunsuk-hyung I’d rather if you tell me face-forwardly, then at least I’ll accept it—”

“Whoa wait, hold on. Hyunsuk? What are you talking about?” you interrupt his rambling.

Junkyu stopped talking and pursed his lips.

The both of you kept quiet, just staring at each other.

“Y-you don’t have feelings for Hyunsuk-hyung?”

“Not that I know of?” you blinked couple times. “I mean, I do like him—but not like how I like you—” you covered your mouth this time.

Junkyu too, mimicked your action—covering his mouth with his hands as his eyes widened from what slipped from your mouth.

The both of you stared at each other with surprised looks on both of your faces for a while, staying quiet.

A minute passed.

And then two.

The both of were still stunned on what had happened.

It was when the wind started blowing a little stronger that the both of you slowly lowered your hands.

Both of you scanned each other’s eyes, searching on what to say next.

I mean, this isn’t a staring contest, is it? One of you has to say something. Like, come on. Really, us readers are tired of waiting.

And then you opened your mouth.

“I…I’m sorry. That slipped out without me realizing it,”

“W-what? No, no! This is—this is good. I mean…” Junkyu blushed to himself.

You tried to smile despite feeling shy after your ‘accidental’ confession, in which Junkyu responded with an even wider smile.

He felt happy. He likes you, and you like him back. It’s almost like as if he was in a dream, he thought.

Junkyu took a step closer towards you, braving himself despite his heart still racing. Slowly, his fingers reached for the strands of your hair, tucking it behind your ear.

You lift your face to look at him, both your eyes making contact now.

Your faces are very close now.

What’s going to happen now? Are you both going to…kiss…?

And then suddenly you burst out laughing, making Junkyu confused on what was going on.

You both were having an intimate moment—but you ruined it. (Author: I have no power over this I just wanna bonk her omg someone stop me hdhhshs T^T)

Junkyu looked at you strangely, wondering what you were laughing at.

“Y-yah! Why are you laughing??”

“I’m so sorry, I just—” you took a deep breath, trying to stop yourself from laughing. You cleared your throat after calming yourself, “I’m sorry Junkyu, but…” you lift a finger, pointing at one side of his nose, “…there’s some dirt on your nose,”

Junkyu looked at you in terror, he hurriedly wipes his nose with the sleeves of his sweater. Damn, it must’ve gotten soiled when he scratched his nose while he was harvesting potatoes, he thought.

His reaction made you giggle again as you thought that he looked cute like this.

You gently pull his hands away from his face, tip-toeing to get a closer look on the spot he had dirt on.

“It’s gone now, don’t worry. It was just some soil, you know. Don’t freak out about it,” you said, still giggling.

“How could I not? You made me feel embarrassed,” he pouts back at you.

“Silly,” you shake your head. “You’ll still look good even if you smear paint all over your face you know,”

“Of course! I’m gifted with a handsome face,” he said proudly, now that you were praising him.

You rolled your eyes and smiled at him.

“And you’re the prettiest person I’ve ever met,” he paused. “After my mum of course,”

You pinched his cheek now, earning a yelp from him. “Don’t be ridiculous, of course your mum is the prettiest, silly,”

He pulled your hand away from his cheek and slips his hand into your hold, intertwining your fingers with his. “This hand here shouldn’t be hurting my cheeks. It should stay here,” he huffed, implying that you should just hold his hand instead.

You blushed from his boldness. “W-whatever, let’s just head back already,” you said as you reached for the potato basket by now, your other hand still held in his.

Junkyu smiled to himself as he watches you struggle to carry the basket with one hand.

Slowly, he lets go of your hand.

“It’s okay, I’ll help carry,” he offered.

“Hmm, can you really?” you questioned him.

“Hey, these muscles aren’t built for nothing!” he said as he pats his arms.

You smiled at his response. “Sure… let’s head back now, okay?”

Junkyu grinned back at you and nods.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Evening)

Jaehyuk was in the garden when he heard his hyungs’ return from the convenience store.

“We’re back!” he heard Jihoon’s voice call out from inside the house.

“Oh? Welcome home! We’re in the back!” Jaehyuk replied, implying that both him and Aunt Nari were in the backyard.

Jaehyuk waited for a minute, until he realized that his hyungs weren’t gonna go outside to where he was—especially since they seemed quiet in all of a sudden.

“You can go inside if you want to Jaehyuk-ssi,” Aunt Nari said as he notices the boy looking at the door couple times.

“Huh? Oh but I’m not done helping you yet,”

“It’s alright. Thank you for helping me weed out the flower beds,” she smiled gratefully towards him.

Jaehyuk smiled back at her. He nods at her, “Okay then. Come join in once you’re done, Aunt Nari. They’ve bought enough ice cream for all of us,”

“Sure, I’ll see you all inside in a while. I just have to fertilize the rest of the plants on that side,”

Jaehyuk nodded once again, and excuses himself to go inside.

 *

The moment Jaehyuk stepped inside the house he heard sniffles coming from the living room, to which he hurried towards.

In the living room, he saw his Hyunsuk-hyung wiping away tears from his face, his Jihoon-hyung looking somewhat distracted as he pats the elder hyung’s back gently.

“Hey…hyung…what’s wrong…?” Jaehyuk asks as he approaches them.

Hyunsuk tried his best not to cry, but when he heard Jaehyuk asking him what’s wrong, he started sobbing all over again.

Jaehyuk felt worried when he saw his hyung crying this hard, he looked over at Jihoon in hopes to find an answer.

Jihoon on the other hand continued patting Hyunsuk’s back. “He…dropped his ice cream on the way back…”

Jaehyuk finds it unbelievable that his hyung would cry this hard over an ice cream though. He shook his head at this, “Hyung, it’s okay, you can share with us, okay?” he tried to console the crying man in front of him.

Hyunsuk took a deep breath and wipes his tears, forcing himself to stop sobbing like a kid.

Jihoon hands over the paper bag consisting of the ice cream they had bought for the rest to Jaehyuk—to which Jaehyuk accepts immediately.

“Have you eaten yours, hyung?” He directed the question towards Jihoon now as he counts the ice cream in the bag.

“I…dropped mine as well,” Jihoon replied as he looks away.

“Oh…” was all what Jaehyuk could say. He couldn’t fully understand what was going on obviously. And yet the only thing he could do was just nod and pretend that he understands because he didn’t want to push them for any answers right now. Least he could do was let them take their own time to explain to him later on—hopefully.

And the three of them stood in silence now in the living room; only Hyunsuk’s sniffling now echoing in the room.

A couple minutes later they heard the front door of the house opening, making them all turn their heads to look at you and Junkyu entering.

Hyunsuk’s eyes immediately landed on you, his heart feeling as if it had been squeezed to death as he watches both you and Junkyu being all giggly with one another as you both entered through the front door.

You took off your shoes before noticing your friends’ eyes on you and Junkyu.

“Oh? Why are you all gathered here?” you asked.

And then your eyes noticed Hyunsuk’s post-crying face.

“Hyunsuk? Omg, what’s wrong??” you hurried towards him, worry forming on your face as he avoids looking at you the moment you stood in front of him.

“Hey…” you said softly.

Hyunsuk backed away from you slowly. His feet turned and left for the stairs where he heads straight towards his room upstairs.

You looked at Jihoon and Jaehyuk this time. “Hey…what happened?”

Jaehyuk couldn’t answer because he himself has no clear clue on what had happened.

As for Jihoon—

He shrugged and lets out a sigh, “He…dropped his ice cream on the way back.”

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #ygtreasure #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #treasure members #all treasure members #treasure scenario #TREASURE IMAGINE #teufic #treasure fic #kim junkyu #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu #junkyu fluff #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 32)

Chapter 32 - Confusions

Word count: 4k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello~ I’m back again! How are you all I missed y’all 😭 Here’s the next chapter~ I can’t wait to finish writing the next one (yet again fhdhsh bear with me ;;-;;) but yeah-- enjoy reading, love you all <3333

Aunt Nari’s House

It was around 10-ish in the morning when everyone finally had washed up and got dressed before they all gathered to prepare brunch.

Aunt Nari initially planned to make breakfast with you but given that the rest of the boys took their time to get dressed and pack up their stuff for their departure tonight, the breakfast was postponed to brunch.

Not that she minded, since it was rare for her to have this many guests at her home. Besides, she liked the Treasure boys a lot. She was 98% sure that at least one of them was meant to end up with you. But okay in this case Jaehyuk had won the most points to her.

You were slicing the fish on the cutting board, getting rid of the guts as well, leaving the board tainted with red liquid from the fish.

“Wow y/n, you’re so good at cutting fish!” Jaehyuk announced in amazement as he watches you.

You beamed from the compliment. “I’m good at cutting squids and chicken too!” you bragged.

“Wowwww! You’re so cool!” Jaehyuk fanboys.

“Aigoo Jaehyuk, what are you doing here? I thought you were supposed to help the rest inside,” Jihoon pointed out, noticing that the rest of his group members were busy prepping other stuff in the living room except for him.

Jaehyuk pouts at his hyung. “Aww man. I want to stay and watch Y/n work on the fish,”

You smiled a little from his whine.

“Nope, nope. Aunt Nari assigned you to help out the rest. Now go. She let us stay for free now the least we could do is help her out, no?” Jihoon said, in a firm tone.

Jaehyuk sighs. “Okay…I’ll see you later y/n,” he said as he leaves the kitchen.

As soon as Jaehyuk leaves, you place your knife down and turn to look at the taller man beside you.

“You didn’t have to shoo him away, you know. He could’ve stayed a little longer,”

Jihoon shot you a look. “Hey, I just don’t want to disappoint Aunt Nari, okay? Besides--,” he grabbed on another large onion to slice it. “She assigned only the both of us for kitchen duty.”

You looked down at the fish in front of you. You had finished cleaning the first one and you had two more to go. You picked up the fish and placed it into a small basin before picking on another one to work on it.

“I know. I guess it’s because we’re both familiar with cooking and all…” you reply as you slowly dissect the fish in front of you.

Jihoon nods even though you weren’t looking at him now. “Exactly. Also, don’t you think this is a good chance for us to bond?” He smiles now, looking at you.

You narrowed your eyes at him. “You’re being fishy again. What did you do this time?”

“Nothing! I just want to clear the misunderstanding we had earlier—”

“Sure….”

“Oh come on. Well, if we look at the bright side—at least I can assure Junkyu that you don’t snore when you sleep. You drool a little when you sleep but okay that’s acceptable, I guess…”

Jihoon stopped talking when he noticed you glaring at him, your cheeks pink from embarrassment.

“What? I’m just saying—”

“Okay, enough, Jihoon. Just continue chopping and stop talking,” you nagged at him.

“Eyy, you imagined sleeping beside Junkyu when I mentioned about this didn’t you?” he teased you.

“Y-yah, who would have such thoughts??” you blurted out.

“Eyyy, look at you all flustered!” he elbowed you.

You placed the knife in your hand down and turned to him, his silly grin showing on his face.

“Jihoon-aa…”

“Hm? What is it?” He leaned close to your face since your voice was soft in all of a sudden.

“Give me your hand,” you told him.

“Hm? You’re being weird but sure,” he said as he held one hand out to you.

You grabbed his hand and held it in yours, a satisfied smile showing on your face.

“Aigoo y/n, what is this? If you wanted to hold my hand you could have said so,” he chuckled.

You kept your smile on your face as you tiptoed to whisper in his ear, “Have fun smelling like fish guts now,” you let go of his hand and resumed back to your fish.

Jihoon’s face turned to terror when he noticed his hand was wet from your touch. He lifts it up to his nose and surely, it smelled like fish guts. He gagged from the unexpected smell.

You heard Jihoon running over towards the kitchen sink to wash his hands, making you smile to yourself as you work on the second fish now. That ought to keep him quiet for a while, you thought. At least he’ll stop teasing you for now.

But you didn’t know how wrong you were. If it’s one thing you should know—that is to never prank the prankster himself.

So when Jihoon stood beside you back again, in front of the onions he was supposed to chop, you didn’t realise Jihoon had already grabbed the flour bottle from the cabinet above the sink.

“Oh y/n~” he called out to you.

“Yeah?” you turned to look at him, your eyes widening at what he was holding.

 Aunt Nari’s House (Living room)

Jaehyuk enters the living room with a pout on his face.

“Aigoo Jaehyuk-aa, why the long face?” Hyunsuk asks.

“I want to work with y/n too in the kitchen. I rarely spend time with her. And now that I’m here, I don’t get to do anything with her,” he complained.

“Aigooooo. Just leave her to work with Jihoon. They’re both good at cooking anyways. We might as well just help with setting the table and making the drinks,” Hyunsuk said.

“But 3 people setting the table is way too much,”

“Are you sure? ‘Cause Junkyu’s been working on that one seating for the whole time now,” Hyunsuk points at the younger boy standing at the end of the table.

“No, no, that plate’s pattern looked like it’s fit to be in this position. But if I place the spoon here, it looks off,” Junkyu said as he turns the plate in his hand a couple times.

Hyunsuk shakes his head as he watches the boy. “You can just leave it, Kyu-aa. It doesn’t have to be perfect, you know,”

“Hmm okay,” the boy stopped arranging the plate now.

“But hyung, is it really okay to leave them both together? You know, after what happened this morning?” Jaehyuk asks, ignoring Junkyu’s dilemma with the plate arrangements.

“Nah, they’ll be fine. It’s Jihoon,”

“Hm? What happened this morning?” Junkyu asks, since he had fallen asleep back and had missed on the drama that happened in your room.

“Oh right, Junkyu-hyung didn’t know—” Jaehyuk said. He was about open up the story of what happened but then he heard Aunt Nari calling his name from outside the house.

“Jaehyuk-ssi! Are you busy right now?”

“Yes Aunt Nari? No~ I’m not busy,”

“Could you help me and Dongyun load the vegetables into his car? He wants to send it to the bbq restaurant at the end of the lane,”

“Sure Aunt Nari~” he replied. “Okay, bye hyungs, I gotta go help out my future mother-in-law” he said in a playful tune as he leaves them.

Hyunsuk shakes his head again at this younger member this time. He continued wiping the spoons and chopsticks with the clean cloth before arranging it beside the plate Junkyu had placed on the table.

“Hyung, what happened in the morning?” Junkyu asked again, since he hadn’t gotten any response.

“Ah? Oh…it was nothing,” Hyunsuk said, his eyes not looking at his friend. He figured that it was better Junkyu didn’t know about it since he didn’t want Junkyu to think wrongly of Jihoon.

“Okay then,” Junkyu shrugs. He picked up another plate and proceeds to arrange it.

“Hey Junkyu…”

“Yes, hyung?”

“You…are you really going to confess to Y/n?”

Junkyu stops and looks at his hyung, who was staring back at him now.

“Why…are you asking me this?”

“I just—I think if you are going to, you should just do it fast, you know?”

“Why?”

“You never know…if someone else has caught feelings for her, you know?” Hyunsuk said this, as he blinks a couple times.

Junkyu tilts his head and keeps quiet for a while.

Then he looks down at his hands, as if he was thinking of something.

“Have you changed your mind…hyung?” Junkyu asks back.

“W-what?”

“Do you want to confess to her?”

“I…” Hyunsuk shakes his head. “No, this isn’t about me.”

“But I want you to tell me the truth, hyung.” Junkyu said, his face serious now.

Hyunsuk bit his bottom lip. This wasn’t what he wanted to talk about. How did he get himself into this spot?

“I know…it’s not easy to just ‘forget’ your feelings for her, hyung. Which is why, I need to know, if you plan on confessing to her.”

“Junkyu, look…” Hyunsuk took a deep breath. “Okay, maybe I will.”

Junkyu’s eyes widened, not expecting his hyung’s reply.

“—maybe I will, IF you don’t confess fast, Kyu-aa,”

“Wait, what? You still want me to confess first?” Junkyu asked, confused.

“Yeah, I mean. I told you before. I’m letting you pursue y/n. But damn, you’re taking so much time. If you’re taking this much time, we might as well let someone else confess to her first,” he laughed forcefully.

Junkyu shakes his head. “Someone else? What are you saying…are you telling me…someone else here likes y/n?”

Hyunsuk sighs. He shrugs at the younger boy. “I don’t know. I’m not sure. But I know this—if you don’t get your act up fast, I’m just saying…you might really lose her,”

“Hyung, you’re always saying this,” Junkyu chuckles. “Don’t worry, I won’t let you steal her away from me,” he joked.

“I’d be worried, Kyu-aa. Because at this rate, I’m no longer worried about you or Chani being my competition,”

Junkyu looks at his hyung weirdly. It’s like Hyunsuk’s speaking in another language. He could only understand half of what was being said.

Hyunsuk-hyung wants him to confess to you, but then again he’s also thinking of doing the same thing? But then there’s more competition?? Junkyu felt more confused now.

The serious tension between Junkyu and Hyunsuk disappeared when Jaehyuk entered the house with a smile on his face.

“Oh? You’re back.” Hyunsuk said to him.

“Yup! I also told Aunt Nari to rest up at Dongyun’s house with her friend. I told her that we’d surprise her with today’s cooking and that she doesn’t have to worry about us here,” he grinned.

“Wow, you really like this Aunt Nari, huh?” Junkyu giggles at his friend’s behaviour.

“Of course! I want to do my best for my future mother-in-law,” he said cheerfully.

Junkyu and Hyunsuk exchanged glances with one another.

“Oh? You both aren’t done with the plates and spoons yet?” he asks, noticing the table still not being set even when he was gone just now.

“Oh, we were chatting up just now,” Hyunsuk explained.

“Ahh. Well, I’ll help you guys out in a bit. I’m gonna go visit my future wife~” he said in a singsong tune as he leaves for the kitchen.

“What got into him?” Junkyu snickered.

“I wouldn’t laugh if I were you…his jokes have gotten…kinda far…” Hyunsuk said, a worried look forming on his face.

Junkyu’s smile fades when he heard this.

“UWAHHH WHAT HAPPENED TO YOU BOTH??” both Junkyu and Hyunsuk heard Jaehyuk exclaiming, making them run to the kitchen immediately.

 Aunt Nari’s House (Kitchen)

Jaehyuk had wanted to check up on both you and Jihoon’s progress in the kitchen when he was greeted by two beings literally drenched in white powder.

The funny thing was that you and Jihoon were in the midst of your cooking by now and it seems like you both were somehow ignoring the fact that you’re both all sticky and covered with patches of flour.

“UWAHHH WHAT HAPPENED TO YOU BOTH??” Jaehyuk half-screams as soon as he entered the kitchen.

You look up at him and shrugged, turning back to face the stove where you had begun frying your fish.

Not long after, Junkyu and Hyunsuk showed up in the kitchen, surprised to see the both of you just like Jaehyuk did earlier.

“Whoa. What happened here??” Junkyu asks, surprised to see you and Jihoon looking like ghosts.

“And what’s that smell?” Hyunsuk points out, his nose catching a whiff of something fishy.

“It’s the fish.” You said plainly.

“No, no. I’m not referring to the fried fish—”

“Exactly, it’s the fish,” Jihoon interrupts this time.

“Huh…they’re right. It smells like…raw fish…” Jaehyuk points out.

Both you and Jihoon stopped on your cooking and locked eyes with each other—making the both of you grumble at one another.

“Do you guys…wanna go get cleaned up first?” Hyunsuk offers, adding that he could fill in on their part of cooking for the time being.

“No it’s fine, I’ll wash up again after I’m done cooking,” you answered.

“Yeah, same.” Jihoon said as well.

This made you turn to look at him again. The both of glared at each other yet again.

“Okay…what happened you both…” Junkyu asks again, feeling the tension in the room.

Both you and Jihoon took deep breaths, opening your mouths to answer—“He/She started it!”

The both of you gasped. How did you both say it at the same time?

You huffed. “You started with the flour!”

“Yeah but you wiped the fish guts on me!”

“You started it! You wouldn’t stop messing with me!” you complained.

“Hold on!” Hyunsuk stopped the both of you before this ends up into another argument.

“You mean…one of you threw flour, and then the other threw fish guts…? And then you both started attacking one another with flour and fish??” He asks, trying to get a proper explanation from both of the glaring kids in front of him.

Both you and Jihoon nod, frowning.

“Aigoooo what a mess! Aunt Nari’s gonna kill you both if she sees this.” Jaehyuk says as he steps up towards you. His hand starts dusting off the white powder from the top of your head.

Junkyu too, rushed towards his best friend to help clean him up, in case Aunt Nari decided to check on them.

Hyunsuk shakes his head for the nth time today. “Alright, alright just go clean up you both. Let me and the boys continue the cooking.”

“Hey, I’m a boy too,” Jihoon answered.

“Sure, now go,” Hyunsuk shoos the younger boy and you.

And as soon as the both of you left the kitchen, Junkyu and Jaehyuk looked at their hyung nervously.

“Yah, hyung. We rarely cook in the dorms. How can you be sure we won’t mess this up?” Junkyu asks, biting his bottom lip after.

“I mean, they’ve prepped it all, right? How hard can it be?” Their leader shrugs.

 *

And the three boys were definitely lucky. They managed to cook the meals that Jihoon and you have prepped quite well. The fish was kinda charred on one side but that was only because Junkyu had thought that he didn’t need to flip the fish when he fries it. It was only Hyunsuk told him to flip it that they were all stunned by the charred side.

But nevertheless, the other fried fishes were saved by Jaehyuk since he took over after Junkyu panicked seeing the fish he fried turning black on one side. Hyunsuk on the other hand nailed Jihoon’s braised tofu stew even when he literally eyeballed the seasoning for the stew.

Aunt Nari was thoroughly impressed by these Seoul boys. She even had extra servings to show how much she loved their cooking—in which you pouted upon since she rarely does so for the meals you cook. Okay but maybe you needed to spend more time in the kitchen, you thought.

And so—it was a couple hours after lunch when everyone was resting and minding their own business when you heard Aunt Nari calling your name from downstairs.

“Yes?” You called out back from the door of your room.

…

You furrowed your eyebrows. You were sure you heard your Aunt Nari calling your name a few seconds ago.

After counting to 60 in your head, you shrugged and decided to go back to lying down on your mattress.

“Y/n! Why do you never answer when I call your name?” you heard your teacher calling as soon as your head touches your pillow.

You groaned as you got back up.

“Yes Aunt Nari? Is there anything you need?”

…

Again, silence. You sighed and closed your room door behind you.

“Not this again. Every single time I answer it’s like nobody’s there,” you muttered to yourself as you walk down the stairs.

You entered the living room where the Treasure boys were videocalling their other members using Hyunsuk’s phone.

“Junghwan-aa, don’t stay cooped up in your room studying. Go play outside or something. It’s the weekend anyways,” you heard Jihoon nagging towards the youngest member who was on the screen right now.

Junkyu heard your footsteps approaching them, making him turn to look at you. He flashed you a smile, making you smile back at him.

“Calling the members?” You ask him.

“Yeah. They wanted to talk to you but we didn’t want to bother you,”

You took a peek at the screen, making you smile as Junghwan swallowed the nagging Jihoon was giving him.

Junghwan was about to reply to his hyung when he saw your head popping up from behind Junkyu.

“Noona!!!”

“Aigoo Junghwan-aa that’s a bit too loud,” Hyunsuk said as he rubbed his ear from the sudden scream.

“Quick, move aside y’all! Let noona speak!”

“Oh gosh, he’s all excited,” Jaehyuk said with a hint of sarcasm. Though he did as the younger kid told him to, passing his hyung’s phone to you.

You smiled at the boy in the screen, your hand holding onto Hyunsuk’s phone and the other waving at the screen.

“Noona! You don’t reply my chats anymore! Why…have you forgotten about me?” Junghwan whined.

“—or. Why are you in your hometown? Are you staying there permanently now?”

“I—” you wanted to answer but the maknae started shooting more questions, making you unable to speak.

“Did Chani-hyung cause you to be sent back? Should I go and scold him? We haven’t even got to have that lunch date we’ve been talking about, are you trying to ditch me and move on with your life? Noona…why aren’t you answering me…?” His voice slowed down when he noticed you giggling at his questions.

“Silly boy. Of course I haven’t forgotten you. I just…I don’t have my phone with me right now. My boss has it,”

This earned looks from the other boys, as they finally realised why you were unreachable before this.

“I miss you Junghwan-aa, we’ll catch up when I get back okay?”

“Hmm but how long are you gonna stay there?”

“Aigoo, I’ll be back—”

You were interrupted by Aunt Nari calling you from the front terrace of the house.

“Y/n, I’ve been calling for you!” Aunt Nari’s head popped in from the front door.

“Yes?”

“Dongyun’s been waiting for you out here! How dare you make him wait,”

“What?” you asked, blurred. You didn’t have plans with him, did you?

And speak of the devil, Dongyun appeared at the front door as well.

“Hello girlfriend, let’s go harvest some potatoes!” he said cheerfully, his hand holding a small spade.

“Oh, hey you guys—” Dongyun stopped his greeting halfway when he noticed glares from the rest of the people in the room.

“Uhh, why does everyone look so tensed?” he asks instead.

“Maybe they’re judging you for not bringing an extra spade for me,” you answered him, not realising that the boys didn’t like how Dongyun had addressed you as ‘girlfriend’, even if he was joking.

“Ugh, fine. You can take mine. I’ll just dig with my hands,” he retorts sarcastically, earning an eyeroll from you.

“Why? Who’s that?” Junghwan’s voice appeared, reminding everyone that he was still in the video call.

“Oh, that’s Dongyun. I gotta go Junghwannie, I’ll talk to you when I get back okay?” you said as you hand Hyunsuk’s phone back to him.

“Ah, but noona—”

“Oh? Is this another member? Hello! I’m Dongyun!” Dongyun suddenly joined in as he stood beside you, startling the rest of the members in the room.

“Uhh hi…” Junghwan waved his hand awkwardly at the stranger.

“Okay, I gotta go steal y/n from y’all now. Bye!” he said as he grabbed your wrist, dragging you out of the house.

The moment both you and Dongyun were no longer in view, Hyunsuk grumbles to himself, “That’s not fair, dragging y/n out like that,”

Junkyu heard this, making him sigh as well. “I know, right? Y/n was catching up with Junghwan too,”

“Yeah,” they heard Junghwan’s voice agreeing as well.

“Oh, I forgot to end the call.” Hyunsuk said as he raises his phone, the maknae’s face still on the screen.

“Hyung…is that…Y/n’s boyfriend?” Junghwan asks, his voice slow.

“Eyyyyy, don’t be ridiculous!” All four of his hyungs that were in the living room said at the same time.

 *

Haenam (Evening/ Route to potato field)

“Why are you so slow today? Gosh, usually you’d be racing me to the field.” You complained as you watched your childhood friend’s pace remained slow beside you.

“I’m just thinking…”

You stopped in your steps when you realised that he was indeed lost in his own thoughts.

“Hey…you okay?” you ask, your voice softer now.

He shakes his head and smiles at you. “I’m good. It’s you I’m worried about honestly,”

“Pfft me? Please—I’m fine,” you snickered.

Dongyun gives you a look, his eyebrows raised.

“What? For real, I’m all good,”

“Ahuh, sure. You know…you’re gonna stir up trouble if you don’t act up fast, y/n,”

“What are you talking about?” this time your eyebrows furrowed.

Dongyun lets out a sigh. “You know, people always talk about how guys being the ones who were insensitive and clueless when they hurt girls’ feelings. “

Your expression softens. Why is Dongyun talking about guys’ feelings in all of a sudden?

He turns to look at you. “I hate to say this, y/n. But really, you’re being insensitive about us guys too,”

You blinked slowly, trying to process what he was trying to convey.

Dongyun chuckles. He knows how dense you can be when it comes to matters like this—judging since he’s been friends with you for a long time.

You felt his hand resting on your head now.

“Oh gosh y/n. You have to…come clean about your feelings.”

And then you finally understood what he was trying to say.

“Dongyun…you know, just because I like him doesn’t mean he’ll like me back…”

“That’s not how I see it. And from what I’ve seen, I’m advising you, as someone who cares about you deeply—it’s best to come clean soon. You know, before the rest gets hurt,”

“The rest??” okay, Dongyun’s lost you now. You were sure he was talking about you having to confess to Junkyu soon but the rest?? How does this concern the rest?

From your expression, Dongyun could tell you were thinking. He hoped he had somehow got through to you.

His hand suddenly clutched his stomach. “Agh,”

“Oh?” this made you snap out of your thoughts. “Dongyun? You okay?”

“I think I’m having a tummy ache. I think I’ll head to that restaurant’s restroom for a bit,”

“Okay, sure. I’ll come with you,”

“What? No, no! You should head to the field first. I’ll catch up with you, I promise,”

“Really?” you frowned, worried about him.

“Yeah, yeah. Just go. I’ll see you later,” he said as he jogs towards the restaurant the both of you passed by, his hand still clutching his tummy.

You watched as your friend entered the restaurant doors.

You looked down at the small spade he had handed you earlier.

“Oh well, might as well just walk there slowly,” you said to yourself as you sigh, taking in the soft breeze hitting your skin.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #ygtreasure #treasure fic #treasurefanfic #treasurefic #treasure scenario #TREASURE IMAGINE #teufic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kimjunkyu x reader #kim junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 30)

Chapter 30 - Roses

Word count: 6.5k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hello!! Omg it’s been so long! T^T I am literally crying aaaa I am so sorry for making you all wait this long! But-- I have made this chapter extra long so I hope it makes up for me being away for a while ;-; <3 also-- idk y’all, this chapter was supposed to be fun but while i was proofreading i actually shed a tear because--- well, okay i’ll just leave it to y’all to read and find out T^T anyways, this was long wow but i love you all and please take care always <3

The guy brought our Treasure friends to his house that was only a 10-minute walking distance from the market—but also less noisy in their opinion.

“Here you go, make yourselves at home,” the guy said with his smile. He pushed open the front door for the boys to enter.

Hyunsuk was reluctant to enter but then Junkyu was already stepping his foot into the guy’s living room so in the end the rest of them just followed suit.

“Have a seat, I’m gonna go out and wait for my friend outside,” the guy said.

“W-wait, you’re leaving us here? On our own?” Hyunsuk asks, suspicious of the guy leaving them simply after inviting them to tag along with him before this.

“Yup. It’s gonna be for a while, really,” the guy replied. “Here, I’ll leave the front door open for you guys,” he said as he pushed the door open. He then left through the door. “See you guys in a bit!” he waved goodbye at them before going.

Jihoon and Hyunsuk immediately huddled up close to each other. “Yah, don’t you think this guy is kinda suspicious??” Jihoon whispered towards his hyung.

“You feel it too?? Dang, I thought I was the only one that feels that everything around here is fishy.” Hyunsuk answered back.

“Yeah! And he kept mentioning about meeting his friend too. I mean, he could’ve brought us to meet his friend, no?? Why keep us waiting here??”

Hyunsuk lets out a gasp. “What if he’s scheming on kidnapping us?”

“Aigoo, that’s nonsense hyung! If he wanted to kidnap us why would he leave the front door open anyways,” Jaehyuk chuckled at his hyungs’ paranoid behaviour.

“He could be bringing a thug back here, you know,” Jihoon said with a serious expression on his face.

All four of them fell silent for a couple seconds.

Junkyu and Jaehyuk made eye contact with each other before bursting into laughter.

“What thug, hyung? This town’s people seemed so nice,” Junkyu said in between his laughs.

“I know right? Look at them hyungs, they’re being overly paranoid over nothing!” Jaehyuk joined in laughing at the two older members.

“Besides, if you feel like that guy is up to no good, why’d you even agree in coming back here with him, huh?” Junkyu points out towards Hyunsuk.

Hyunsuk folds his arms against his chest. “Hey, it’s not my fault. You all could’ve stopped me from saying ‘yes’ to him too. But you guys didn’t. So we’re all in fault if anything bad happens to us here,”

 *

Haenam (still the same morning)

It was close to 11am when you were finally done with helping out your teacher at her small vegetable farm a mile away from her house.

You helped her carry the basket filled with harvested cabbages whilst you let her carry the lighter vegetables in her basket. Your teacher, whom you have been accustomed to call as Aunt Nari ever since she took you into her care after your sister passed on couple years back, walked in front of you. She held onto the smaller basket containing the carrot and beansprouts in her hands.

Your gaze softened as you watched her back facing you. She was the closest person you had as a mother figure after your sister. You felt emotional just thinking about how nice of a person your teacher was for taking care of you—even when you weren’t that much worthy looking after, you thought to yourself.

You were about to start reminiscing on the times your teacher had looked out on you and your sister but then your emotions hit pause as soon as you saw the guy standing nearby your Aunt Nari’s house.

You stopped in your tracks.

You narrowed your eyes at the guy, your grip on your basket tightening.

“Oh! Aunt Nari! Good morning~” The guy greeted your teacher as she passed by him to head towards her house.

Your teacher realised that you weren’t following closely behind her anymore, making her turn around.

“Y/n, what are you doing standing there? Get inside and get changed into something warm! Then we can sort out the vegetables,” she called out to you.

“Ah, uhh, you can head on inside first, aunty. I’ll join in later,”

Your teacher eyed both you and the guy standing in front of the house beside hers. She shook her head and said, “Alright but don’t take too long the both of you.” With that, she heads inside her house, not caring about what you and her neighbour’s son were up to doing—since she’s fairly familiar of what always happen when the both of you meet each other.

As soon as your teacher closed the front door of her house, your hand instantly grabbed onto a piece of the round cabbage from the basket you were holding.

“How’s my loving friend doing to—AGH,” the guy screamed halfway through greeting you as he tried to avoid the cabbage you threw at him.

“Yah! Kim Dongyun! Just what are you thinking, huh?! The nerve you have of just popping up here!” you called out to him as you marched towards him, the heavy basket still in your hands.

“Don’t! I said, don’t!” Dongyun backs off from where he was standing. He hurries to grab the cabbage that you had thrown earlier from the ground and raises it in his hands—making you stop marching towards him. Although to be honest, you were already standing right outside the fence of his house.

“Aha! That’s right, just stay there!” He instructed you. You scowled at him.

“What’s with that look, huh? If you move an inch, I’ll throw this cabbage far away. And then Aunt Nari will be sad because you lost her harvest,” he threatened you.

“Kim Dongyun…” you said his name in a menacing tone.

“Now, now. Listen—I’m sorry, okay? I overslept—AHHH!” he screamed again as he managed to evade another cabbage from hitting him. The cabbage passed by him and rolled into his house through the front door.

“You overslept?? Yah! Did you have any idea how tiring it was to harvest these cabbages and carry them back here all alone?! Aunt Nari kept backing you up, saying that you probably have errands to run today and that we shouldn’t be bothering you—but WOW you overslept!” You nagged. “I had to get up early and do all the harvesting alone when you agreed to help me just yesterday!” you added.

“Oh come on, Y/n. Don’t be like this. Don’t get mad.” He said to you gently. He walks up close to you and hands over the cabbage he held earlier to you. “If you get angry at me like this every time we meet…you’ll get wrinkles easier,” he whispered now that he was close enough.

Your jaw fell when you heard him say this. You dropped the basket in your hand and snatched the cabbage from his hands. “Oh ho you are so dead Kim Dongyun…”

 *

Dongyun’s House (Living Room / Still the same morning)

“Should we make a run for it while we can?” Hyunsuk asks, still worried if they were being kidnapped or conned at this point.

“He’s been out for a while, hasn’t he?” Jihoon asks back.

“Precisely 15 minutes. Not that long to be honest,” Jaehyuk answered as he checked the time on his phone.

“Which is why we should run while we can. The longer we wait, the sooner he comes back.” Hyunsuk reasoned.

“Okay but tell that to the sleeping beauty here,” Jihoon points at Junkyu that had already passed out on the floor beside him.

“What?? He was awake a minute ago! When did he even fall asleep??”

Jaehyuk snickered at the sight of his hyung sleeping on the floor.

Hyunsuk groaned just thinking about how it’d be impossible to escape now that Junkyu’s asleep. He shook his head. He shouldn’t give up so easily, he thought. He’s the leader. He’s responsible for everyone’s safety here.

“Yah, Junkyu-aa, wake upppp,” Hyunsuk called out to the sleeping koala boy.

“Aigoo hyung, just leave him be. I’m sure we’ll be just fine. Besides, you were the one who instantly agreed when the random guy invited us to tag along with him. So why should you be worried now?” Jaehyuk said, trying to calm his hyung down. Honestly, he doesn’t feel like he’s in danger.

“Sshh, shh,” Jihoon suddenly said. “Do you guys hear that?”

“What?” Hyunsuk asks.

“I hear voices outside,”

And just in time, a cabbage flew in through the front door that was left open earlier.

“Wah! I-is that, a cabbage??” Hyunsuk shouted in shock.

“I think people are fighting outside,” Jihoon said as he rose to his feet.

“Hurry, wake Junkyu up! We need to get out of here before we get involved in any way!” Hyunsuk said, hurrying towards Junkyu to wake him up.

 *

Haenam (Outside Dongyun’s house)

“I said give it back!” You ordered Dongyun since he managed to snatch the cabbage from your hands again this time. Though you were glad you had managed to hit him with it twice earlier.

“No. Stop. Aunt Nari will be pissed to see her cabbage being beaten down like this. Look at it! It’s no longer round in shape!”

You stopped reaching for the cabbage that he had been raising out of your reach since he was obviously taller than you. “Fine. Just give it back then. Then I’ll keep it back into the basket.” You point at the basket not far behind you.

Dongyun was reluctant to give it back to you. He knows how good you were at tricking him back when you both were kids so he knew what was up your sleeve most of the time.

You rolled your eyes at him. As if reading his mind, you said—“Come on. We’re not kids anymore. Just give it back, okay? I need to send it back to Aunt Nari’s house.”

Dongyun lets out a sigh and hands over the cabbage into your hands.

“Thank you,” you said to him. You turned around to head towards the basket.

But just as you were right in front of the basket, you swiftly turned around and shout at your friend “ Hah! Jokes on you! I’m not done being mad at you!” you then threw the cabbage in his direction.

Dongyun had been keeping an eye on your movements as you were walking towards the basket earlier so he had expected this from you—which made him duck as quick as lightning, evading the hit from the cabbage you threw.

Now.

Even though the cabbage missed Dongyun, your throw was kind of hard, which made it flew further towards another group of people that were stepping out of Dongyun’s house.

Lucky for Hyunsuk who had been cautious since he first entered the house—he had been looking out carefully as he stepped out of the front doors which made him notice the flying cabbage heading towards them.

“CABBAGE! DUCK!” he shouted.

Hyunsuk, Jaehyuk and Jihoon immediately moved to the sides—except for Junkyu who was still groggy from waking up from his nap.

“What? Ducks?” he said, with his eyes halfway open, him still being half asleep.

It all happened so fast.

One second Junkyu heard his hyungs waking him up from his nice nap.

And then he was being dragged towards the front door.

Next, he thought he heard his Hyunsuk-hyung screaming something about ducks.

And then he felt something hitting him in the face. Something round. Was it a ball?

After that he couldn’t remember what happened. Everything went black.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Bedroom 1)

“I told you both not to fight anymore. You both are no longer kids. See what happened now?? You got someone hurt.” Your Aunt Nari nagged at both you and Dongyun as she was standing at the door of the room.

“You’re lucky you knew these people too, Y/n. Imagine getting sued for hurting such handsome boys,” she added.

You shuddered from the word sue. You were mostly terrified of that. Lucky for you your Aunt Nari hadn’t realise that the boy you had accidentally hit with a cabbage was one of the famous Kpop groups’ vocalist. If she knows this you would have probably been thrown to live in the streets, you thought.

“I’m sorry…” you mumbled. You do feel bad though. It’s not like you had meant to threw it at him anyways.

You scowled at Dongyun who was sitting on the floor beside you.

“I can see you scowling at Dongyun from behind here,” Aunt Nari said, making you turn your head back to look at Junkyu who was lying down on the mattress in front of you.

“Okay then. You all watch out for the boy til he wakes up, okay? I’ll be making lunch for us all.” All of you nod at this. “Oh and make sure these two don’t fight again. God knows what would happen next if they do,” she said as she shook her head. You knew she was referring to you and Dongyun.

After Aunt Nari left you kept quiet. Well, actually, the whole room was quiet. Suddenly it felt awkward to be in the room, you thought. Even though everyone here are your friends, you couldn’t help but feel weird being in here with them.

“Y/n?” Hyunsuk suddenly voiced out, making you raise your head to look at him.

Hyunsuk, Jihoon and Jaehyuk were seated opposite you and Dongyun, with Junkyu laying in the middle of everyone.

“Y-yes?” You answered him.

“Don’t feel bad. You didn’t mean to do it.” He said softly.

You nod your head slowly at this. Your eyes went back to stare at Junkyu.

“Yeah, he’s probably drifted back to sleep anyways after you knocked him out,” Jihoon chimed in.

You pursed your lips, trying not to laugh at what Jihoon has said. Jihoon saw your lips curve upwards slightly, making him smile his warm smile at you.

“Okay.” You managed to say as you controlled your smile.

“So…these are the friends that you’ve been telling me about?” Dongyun asks, now that he’s confident you weren’t going to scold him or anything on what had happened.

You nod your head at him.

“And this is the guy that you lik—” his words got cut off as your hand immediately covered his mouth, making the rest of his sentence sound muffled.

“Ahahaha shut up Dongyun-aa.” You laughed awkwardly. “He’s always spouting nonsense. Don’t mind him,” you said to your Treasure friends.

The rest of them simply nod their heads as they watched you nagged at Dongyun about not spewing nonsense in front of your friends and that he should respect them because they are your guests now.

“Don’t you dare point a finger at Junkyu again,” you huffed, ending your nag at your friend.

Dongyun rolled his eyes at you. “Sure. Protect him at all costs, no?” he said sarcastically, earning a scowl from you again.

Hyunsuk watched the whole time you were talking with Dongyun. He couldn’t help but feel…jealous. You seemed so close with this Dongyun guy, and judging by the way you both banter with each other, it seems like the both of you are super close and comfortable with each other. Almost like you both were meant to be with each other.

He shook his head slightly and decided to just focus on watching over Junkyu.

 *

Aunt Nari’s House (Lunchtime)

Your teacher had cooked up a whole spread of foods since she was excited to see many guests at her home this time.

And not to mention, handsome guests at that too.

Seeing that she only has two sons—one being married and has migrated overseas and another one living in the city (who is also your boss), having this many boys at home made her feel like she was back in her early motherhood days.

You were the closest she had to have as a daughter, in which was why she was always meddling in your love life and asking why you weren’t dating anyone.

“Don’t be shy! Help yourselves!” Aunt Nari exclaimed excitedly as she invites the boys (and you) to eat the food that she had generously cooked that afternoon.

All of you were sitting on the floor, surrounding the table that Aunt Nari had pulled out from her storeroom, one she had kept for family gatherings since it was as big as a four-seater dining table—only shorter since it was meant for dining on the floor.

The Treasure boys were quite shy at first, only taking small bites of the foods until a couple minutes passed and they were pretty sure that your teacher was just another warm-hearted aunt that they all had somehow came across with in their own lives.

“Aigoo, I’ve never thought Y/n to have such handsome friends in the city. I’ve always thought that the only guy friend she had was Dongyun,” Aunt Nari said as you were all eating.

“Aish aunty, don’t say that. Y/n is such a pleasant person, it’s only logical for her to have many friends in the city,” Jaehyuk answered, smiling.

“I doubt that,” Aunt Nari teased. “If you boys have any friends who are interested in dating, why don’t you try to introduce Y/n to them? It’s nothing big, but I worry that Y/n would never settle down and would end up dying alone,”

You choked on your rice, earning a pat on your back from Dongyun whom was sitting beside you.

“Aunt Nari! What nonsense are you saying??” You asked as soon as you were done coughing.

“Oh? I’m only looking out for you, Y/n. Joonyoung told me that he had tried matching you with couple of his friends in the city but that didn’t seem to work out,”

You sighed. “Well, to be honest—it is awkward to date your boss’ friends. Besides, they all…don’t match me either.”

The rest of the boys listened to your conversation with your teacher, feeling like as if they’re listening to a mother trying to convince their daughter to get married soon. They felt like they weren’t even there with the both of you.

“Aigoo, you’re too picky! That’s why you’ll end up alone,” she nagged.

“I won’t end up alone.” You scooped up some rice into your mouth. “I’ll just get myself a pet,” you said, whilst munching on your food.

“Hmm. That won’t do. I might as well just marry you off to Dongyun since his mother is my close friend,” she said nonchalantly.

This made EVERYONE around the table cough and choke on their foods—including you of course.

Aunt Nari stopped eating and looked around the room at all of you. “Oh my god is the food too spicy?? Why is everyone suddenly coughing??”

You rubbed your left eye that had teared up from the choking, “Aunt Nari! What nonsense are you saying?? In front of my friends too!”

“Aish. I’m just saying. You’re too picky. Since you both are close, might as well just get you both matched up,”

You shook your head. “Nu uh. Nope. We had this talk, remember? I’m not getting matched up with anyone,”

“Aigoo Aunt Nari, what are you saying? Y/n and I are just friends,” Dongyun chimed in.

“Hmm. You’re both stubborn.” Aunt Nari complained. She set her bowl on the table, indicating that she was done with her meal.

Jaehyuk sensed the tension going on in the dining area you are all in so he decided that maybe he should try to ease everyone. He places his bowl onto the table as well.

“Thank you for the wonderful meal, aunty,” he smiles his usual charming charm. “Since you helped cook everything, I’ll help with the cleaning, okay?”

Aunt Nari was taken back by the sudden generosity from him since usually her own sons would argue on who would do the cleaning up but having a man who graciously volunteered to do seemed so new in her household that she was simply amazed by the words that came out of Jaehyuk’s mouth.

“Ah. Aigoo, aigoo! You really don’t have to!” She waved her hand at him.

“It’s nothing, really! I always help around in the dorms and when I’m home I help my mum in the kitchen too,”

Now you see, saying these kinds of words to Aunt Nari wasn’t really a good thing at the moment because she was in that obsessive mode of finding a suitor for you. So of course, you can imagine what she said next:

“My my. Who knew such a fine man would have such fine manners?” Aunt Nari leaned forward towards Jaehyuk’s direction. “Then it’s set. I’ll have you in line as my son-in-law,”

You laughed at this. “Ahuh, as if Joonyoung-ssi would be happy with you matchmaking him as well,”

She shot you a look.

“What? I have nothing against Joonyoung-ssi dating men but don’t you think matching him with a man he doesn’t know would make him less happy?”

This earned you a bonk in the head from your teacher.

“Ow!”

“You’re the only person I’m looking a son-in-law for,” she hissed at you.

“Huh??” both you and Jaehyuk asked at the same time, confused.

“Jaehyuk-ssi, right? I’m looking forward to getting to know you better.” Aunt Nari smiled as she got up to her feet to leave for the kitchen. “Y/n, once you’re done why don’t you bring your friends around town?” she was no longer in the room when she said this.

“Alright,” you called back to her.

You continued chewing on your food but then you felt uncomfortable somehow so you raised your head to see all of your friends staring at you.

“What? Why? What’s wrong?”

“Why…is your Aunt Nari…so obsessed with finding you a husband…?” Junkyu asked.

“I guess I was the closest she had as a daughter so she probably just wants to make sure I do get married before she dies or something.” You shrug. “Don’t worry, she doesn’t mean what she says,”

“Pfft. As if. Remember when she forced you to be my date for my sister’s wedding? She kept pushing and convincing my mum about it too. Our teacher isn’t one to kid around. She's been keeping an eye on me since i was a kid and when she found out about y/n being my close friend she wouldn't stop shipping me with her,” Dongyun scoffed at you. “And then I had to turn down Yerim’s offer to dance with me at the wedding because I had to only dance with you,” he sighs loudly.

You rolled your eyes at him. “Oh don’t be so dramatic about it. We were 9 years old at that time for goodness’ sake!”

Your Treasure friends laughed at this discovery.

“So what I’m saying is--,” Dongyun continues, ignoring everyone’s laughter. “I’m just glad I’m off the hook for that son-in-law list of hers. But your friend here, good luck getting out,” he smirks at Jaehyuk.

Instantly everyone’s laugh died down upon hearing this.

“O-okay calm down y’all. I promise, none of you will be forced to marry anyone here. Including me.” You assured them as you grab the glass of water in front of you.

“I wouldn’t mind though. What can I say? Aunts and mums love me~” Jaehyuk said in a sing-song tune.

You giggled at this, finding his carefree demeanour adorable.

The rest of the boys at the table doesn’t find it funny though. Jaehyuk doesn’t realise this but his friends were staring daggers at him for saying something like that.

 *

After lunch, all of you had taken a walk around the small town area, you and Dongyun being the tour guides for your guests of course.

The both of you introduced the local elementary school that you and Dongyun went to, the bakery that you had always brought goods from when you lived with your sister, the market area (even though they’ve all been there earlier this morning), the small café that serves the best iced peach tea and then some other places that you were fairly familiar with.

Though the tour had to be kept short because Dongyun had to head back home and help his dad at their farm a little far away from town; and also because the locals couldn’t stop gawking at your friends everywhere you go. Not that you could blame them though, your Treasure friends are indeed good-looking plus they are all new faces in this town so surely it got the local people curious about their identity.

And so, after the tour ended and after Dongyun had left, you had sorted your friends into several rooms in your Aunt Nari’s house to sleep in for the night but that evening they all had fallen asleep in the living room instead.

 Aunt Nari’s House (Evening)

You too also took a nap as soon as you saw your friends huddled up in the living room sleeping. It wasn’t that long though, your nap. You woke up after half an hour.

You got out of your room and headed downstairs to check on your friends.

“Ah, they’re all still asleep.” You muttered to yourself as soon as you saw them.

You yawned quietly and head towards the kitchen. There was a door leading to the backyard of the house from there.

Before heading outside, you checked the clock hanging on the kitchen wall. 4.35pm. Now’s a good time to check on the plants outside, you thought.

As soon as you stepped outside, you felt the cool breeze blowing against your exposed hands and face. It was cold, yet the Sun was warming enough at this time.

You took a deep breath and head towards the medium-sized potted plant not far from the door.

The pot consisted of a variation of Japanese roses. Orange, pink, yellow, purple—all growing in tangly stems in the pot.

You smiled to yourself. When you first brought the stem cutting of the plants last year, your aunt Nari was surprised because you were never the type to be interested in farming or taking care of plants. But then during your holiday last year, you had brought home the stem cuttings and planted the roses on your own, tending to it everyday too.

It was only when you had to leave for the city again that you told Aunt Nari that you decided to gift the roses to her in hopes that she would take good care of it while you were away.

You squatted in front of the pot, eye-levelling with the row of colourful tiny roses. “Hello my beautiful friends. You’re all looking wonderful as always,” you whispered towards the plant.

Your finger traced the delicate petals, feeling the soft texture against your skin. You hummed happily to yourself. Maybe a break from the city is what you needed after all. As tiring as it was to do the farming work and market runs here, you’ve felt at more peace compared to when you were in the city. Maybe…what your boss did was right after all.

Okay but minus the part where he took your phone away from you. That wasn’t necessary at all, you thought.

“They’re pretty,” a voice whispered from behind you, startling you.

You swiftly turn around to see Hyunsuk standing behind you.

“I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to surprise you,” he blurted as soon as he sees your expression.

You let out a breath of relief. It was only Hyunsuk.

You shook your head and pat the ground beside you. “It’s fine. Come, sit.”

Hyunsuk sat down beside you whom was no longer squatting by now.

“Yours?” He points at the pot of Japanese roses.

You nod back at his question.

“They’re really pretty.”

“Yup,” you nodded again. “Aunt Nari took care of them really well,”

Hyunsuk hummed back in response. “Aunt Nari seems really nice,”

“She is. Even though we’re not blood-related, she’s treated me so well,” you said, your fingers tracing the flower petals again.

“Oh. She’s…not your…”

“She was my high school teacher.” You answered even though Hyunsuk hadn’t finished his question.

“She…took me in when my sister passed away during my senior year,” you added.

“Oh. Y/n, I’m so sorry…”

“Don’t be.” You turned to him and smiled. “It happened.”

You look at your hands now. “It happened so quickly too…I didn’t have time to process what was really going on.”

Hyunsuk reaches out his hand and places them on yours, his fingers intertwining with yours. “If you don’t mind me asking…how did it all went down…”

Hyunsuk didn’t want to come across as insensitive when he asked this but he genuinely wanted to know you better. You were opening up about your past—one thing him and the boys never really heard you talk about. He wanted to know everything about you. Your past, your present.

You felt his hands grip yours tightly, not in a forceful way though. It was as though he was giving you strength to look back on the past that you had so much wanted to shut off your life.

Your eyes still looking down, you started talking, “When my parents separated back then…they sent us to our grandmother here—in this very town. I was 7 at the time, and my sister was 12. To be honest, it wasn’t a bad experience at all. Our grandmother was perfect. She took care of us really well. She was…” you took a deep breath before continuing, “…the perfect parent we ever had. Our parents could never treat us that well,” you chuckled.

“We had a great childhood here. We made friends, we had plenty of people taking care of one another here. I spent my school days with my sister. When I was in my senior year, my sister had already started working at the time.”

Hyunsuk heard the strain in your voice. Ah, it’s the painful part now, he thought.

“It was the day of my college entrance exams. I was already in the school grounds when I got the call. My sister got caught in an accident at the highway roads when she was on her way to work.”

You could feel the tears streaming down your cheeks. You couldn’t help it. You could never keep your tears in whenever you talk about her.

Hyunsuk started stroking your head, trying to calm you down.

“She had a brain injury,” you continued. “I watched over her for two weeks while she was in a coma, and suddenly one day—” your breath hitched as the images flowed in your head this time. How it all happened. The day you felt your whole world fell apart. It wasn’t the time your parents left you, it wasn’t when your grandmother passed on—those matters, as painful as it was, you were still able to keep on living. Because you had your sister by your side. But when she left…

“I had just gotten back from the washroom when I noticed her fingers moving. I thought she was waking up from her coma…she started shaking, and then it was only minutes in when I realised she was having a seizure. I pressed on the emergency button and ran to look for the nurses outside the room.” You stopped. You wiped your tears with the back of your unoccupied hand. “The doctor and nurses wouldn’t let me watch as they tried to handle my sister’s situation so I just sat outside the room. And when the doctor came out,” you paused again to swallow the lump in your throat. “…she was already gone,”

“Y/n…” Hyunsuk said softly. He could feel the sadness seeping through his skin as he held your hand in his.

You blinked the remaining tears, feeling it wet your cheeks. You sniffled and turned to look at the boy beside you. “I’m sorry. You only asked about how it happened and yet I literally gave you backstories,” you chuckled lightly.

“Shh, it’s okay. I wanted to listen.”

You smiled gratefully at him. You wipe away the tears off your face again.

“And then your teacher took you in and then you live here? And then…you moved to the city when you started working…?” Hyunsuk tried to continue your story for you, making you giggle at his curiosity.

You nod back at him.

“Ahh so that’s why there was no tea farm in front of your house,”

“Hm?”

“Ohh, uhh, Soomin-ssi told us that your house was located in front of a tea farm.”

“Oh, that. That’s true. My grandmother’s house was near a tea farm. She must’ve have remembered about it from our conversation about me being a tea expert since I grew up near a tea farm,” you bragged.

Hyunsuk chuckles at this and ruffles your hair.

This made you instantly pull your hand from his hold to fix your hair.

“Hey, hey, keep it easy with the hair,” you whined.

Hyunsuk leaned forward towards you and stared at you for a while. “You can have unkempt hair all you want and yet I’ll still think you’re the most beautiful person in this world,” he grinned.

You blushed at his cheesy compliment. You looked away from his gaze as you braid your hair.

Hyunsuk smiled to himself as he watches you braid your hair. He really meant what he said. He knew that this was purely wrong because he had told Junkyu to confess to you—and yet here he was letting himself fall in love with you all over again.

He was…falling in love with you.

This isn’t just a crush anymore.

He was falling.

Hyunsuk’s thoughts were interrupted when he heard you talking to him.

“…what do you think?”

“Hm?” he asked, since he had missed out on the first part of your question.

“I was asking if you had any ideas for dinner later on. Aunt Nari put me up on sous chef duty for tonight. We have some fish in the freezer so maybe I’ll fry it up and then make some soup and side dishes? What do you think?”

“I’m okay with anything, really.”

“Okay.”

“Oh, right. You didn’t mention what happened to your grandmother’s house,”

“Wow, we’re really going back to that topic huh?” you chuckled.

“I mean, only if you’re comfortable with talking about it.”

You fixed your sittingg position and made it so you were sitting and facing him directly now.

“My grandmother had granted the house to my sister before she passed on so the day my sister passed away our distant relatives instantly claimed the house since there was no true owner for it after she left. Then they made it into a homestay now.”

“Your parents didn’t buy it off them?”

“Beats me. After they left us back then, we’ve never heard any news from them.” You shrugged.

“I’m sorry, again,”

“Aish, no need to be sorry. You were just asking,” you assured him. “Besides, I plan on buying the house back one day,”

“Oh? You’re planning to move back in Haenam?”

“Yup. I mean, they bought off the house but they made it into a homestay?? No one visits here. The house seemed so abandoned for so long. I had my childhood there, there’s no way I’m letting that house rot away like that,” you huffed.

“So you intend to buy it for your retirement one day?”

You shook your head. “Nope. I’m gonna raise my kids there,”

Hyunsuk was surprised to hear this. He wasn’t expecting for this answer from you. He had expected you to want to live in the city permanently after all the painful memories you had here.

“Ah, but I love the city too…I want my future kids to have their childhood here but then I want them to have the rightful amount of exposure to the city too,” you sighed.

“Well, there must be a way to make sure they have both.” Hyunsuk said.

You tilt your head at this. “How?”

“There’s always a way for everything to work out, no? Maybe…have them attend school here, and then make trips to the city on weekends?” he suggested.

“Huh, that sounds like a good idea. And since the city is a 4 to 5-hour drive from here, it could make them feel like they’re having a roadtrip too!” you were starting to feel excited now.

“Yes!! And then during school holidays we can bring the kids to Lotte World or maybe bring them for a staycation at some hotel!” Hyunsuk joined in, him being just as excited as you are.

“Wahhh oh my god Choi Hyunsuk you are one good family planner!” you showed him a thumbs up as you giggled.

“What can I say?” he said proudly. “Oh! And get this! On their weekend trips, we should pack up some food so we can have weekend picnics at the Han River Park!”

You smiled and giggled at his excited behaviour.

“Oh and for Christmas we need to make sure our kids see the Christmas festival in the city! We could bring flasks of hot choc--,” he stopped suddenly.

“Hot…chocolate?” you continued for him.

“Ah, yes, that,” he smiled apologetically at you. Hyunsuk cursed himself for going on with the conversation this much. It seemed like you didn’t notice it though.

“Your ideas all sound so cute,” you giggled.

Hyunsuk simply smiled and nodded at you. He bit his lower lip. He was glad you didn’t realise it though.

He had gotten so excited with his ideas of family planning that he had literally pictured it to be your kids with him that he was planning a life for.

He was picturing his future with you.

This is bad, he thought. He was digging himself deeper into this hole.

“There you guys are. What are you both doing out here?” a voice appeared not too far behind the both of you.

Both you and Hyunsuk turned around to see Junkyu leaning against the doorframe of the house. He stood there rubbing his eyes. It seemed that he had just woken up from his nap.

“Junkyu! You’re awake!” you smiled happily upon seeing him.

Junkyu nods his head. “Isn’t it cold out there, you both?” he asked.

“Just a little bit. You wanna come join us?” You asked him back.

Junkyu shook his head at the idea of leaving the warm house. “It’s okay. I’ll just sit in the kitchen. Don’t stay too long in the cold,” he advised the both of you before he heads back inside.

You smiled and stood up from the ground you had been sitting on since just now. You held out your hand towards Hyunsuk, offering to help him stand up as well.

As soon as Hyunsuk got to his feet, he felt you wrap your arms around him, hugging him.

“Thank you for listening, Hyunsuk. And thank you for cheering me up with your cute ideas,”

You let go of him, a smile on your face. Hyunsuk smiled back at you, seeing you happy makes him happy too.

“Now, let’s head inside! I’m gonna make something warm for everyone,” you said cheerfully as you skipped towards the house now.

Hyunsuk followed behind you, his steps slow. His smile faded slowly. He felt uneasy. Was it just him that noticed how much happier you were the moment you saw Junkyu? 

Is y/n that much in love with Junkyu? Do I not stand a chance at all? —he thought to himself.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #ygtreasure #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #treasurefic #teufic #treasurefanfic #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #junkyu x reader #junkyu treasure #junkyu fic #junkyu fanfic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 23)

Chapter 23 - Pure Drama

Word count: 4.1k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Surprise! Here’s the next chapter! And uhh, like the title of the chapter itself-- this chapter is literally pure drama :’)

Treasure and Y/n’s Apartment Block (Lobby)

“Y/n! Heyyyy it’s been a while!” the familiar cheerful voice said, making you turn around.

“Ah, Hyunsuk! Hi!” You greeted him back with a smile. “Getting your mail?” You asked him.

Hyunsuk shook his head, “Nope. I’m going to the office to retrieve my parcel from them.”

“I see. I’m heading there too, actually. An old friend of mine sent me some snacks from our hometown,”

“Nice! Let’s head there together!” Hyunsuk said happily, making you grin from his excited behaviour.

The both of you walked side by side, making small talk with each other.

Once you’ve both arrived in the building’s office which was located right beside the main entrance of the building itself, Hyunsuk hurried in front of you to help open the door for you.

You giggled at him, “Wow, I didn’t know you’re this much of a gentleman,”

“But of course.” Hyunsuk grinned.

You entered the office first, Hyunsuk following behind you now. The moment you approached the counter located in the office; you informed the staff on duty that you wanted to take your parcel.

“I’m here to pick up my parcel? I think it arrived yesterday. The name’s (insert y/n’s full name).” you glanced over at Hyunsuk who was standing beside you before adding, “Oh, and another one is under the name of Choi Hyunsuk.”

Hyunsuk smiles at you and pats your head. “Thanks.”

“No problem,”

The both of you waited for a minute or two before finally receiving both your parcels. After collecting the parcels, the both of you thanked the staff and left the office together.

“Your parcel seems kind of big, y/n. You sure you can carry it?”

“Yeah, I’m good. It’s big but it’s not heavy. They’re all just snacks anyways,” you assured him.

Hyunsuk nodded at you, holding his medium-sized box in one hand. He helped press the elevator button for the both of you.

Entering the elevator doors, Hyunsuk helped press the buttons to both your floors as well.

“Thanks Hyunsuk. You’re a lot of help,” you complimented him.

“Yeah, sure. No biggie.”

While waiting for the elevator to reach your floor, Hyunsuk suddenly had an idea.

“Hey, y/n,”

“Yup?”

“Have you had lunch?”

“Well…I’m ordering some takeout later. Why?” You turned to face him now.

“Ah, it’s just.” Hyunsuk paused. “The boys and I are all having lunch at my dorm.”

“Ahh I see. Sounds fun!” You smiled at him.

“Well I was wondering…if you’d like to join us?”

“Oh? Is that really okay?”

“Why wouldn’t it be okay?” Hyunsuk snickered at your question. “It’s been a while since we all hung out together, I’m sure the boys would be happy to have you join us,”

“Hmm.” You thought to yourself for a while.

Ding! The elevator reached your floor.

“Oh, it’s my floor.”

Hyunsuk pressed on the button to keep the doors open for you.

“Thanks,” you said to him. “I uh…I’d love to join you guys,” you added.

“Yay!”

“Ah, but can we stop over at my place for a bit?” You said, giving him an apologetic smile.

 *

 Treasure’s Dorm #1 (Main Entrance/Living Room)

“Just wait til the boys see you, they’d be so happy,” Hyunsuk said to you as he closed the door behind the both of you, his cute smile beaming at you.

You nodded back at him as you took your shoes off at the entrance.

“I’m back! Where is everyone??” Hyunsuk called out as he entered the living room.

“I’m in the kitchen, hyung!” you both heard Doyoung answer from the kitchen.

You followed Hyunsuk into the living room and there you saw Asahi, Haruto and Junghwan sitting around chatting with each other.

“Heyy, where’s Yoshi?” Hyunsuk asked the maknaes with you still following close behind him.

“Yoshi-hyung went to help clean Jeongwoo and Jaehyuk because they kept making snow in the kitchen using flour,” Asahi answered him.

“Ahh, that seems like something they’d do,” Hyunsuk snickered.

Junghwan stopped looking at his phone to look at Hyunsuk, and that’s when he noticed you.

“Noona!” Junghwan immediately got up from the floor, rushing towards you.

You lift a finger to your mouth, signalling him not to be too loud since you were planning to surprise the rest who hasn’t known you’re here.

Junghwan nodded and pointed at the paper bag in your hand. “What’s that?” he whispered.

“It’s Junkyu’s shirt that I used last time,” you replied.

Junghwan was about to talk to you further but then Hyunsuk had already excitedly pulled you with him towards the kitchen.

The moment the both of you had approached the kitchen’s doorframe, you could already see your other friends’ faces and you were happy to see them since you haven’t seen them for days. Well, most of them.

You smiled at them but then none of them returned your smile, making you wonder what they were so immersed with.

You recognised the person that was speaking in front of you, the guy that you had sort of missed these couple of days—especially since that weird incident that happened between him and Chani which had resulted in you rarely seeing him around you anymore.

Your grip on the paper bag in your hand tightened, you felt hopeful now that you’re finally seeing him again.

Now, of course you didn’t know the whole dispute that begun in the kitchen at the time—where Junkyu was being all bitter about Chani leeching on to you but instead of lashing out about Chani, he had made the mistake of venting his feeling of annoyance towards you.

And so, the timing when you entered the kitchen was when Junkyu was already saying this:

“…doesn’t care anything about us. We’re always looking out for her, but what do we get in return??”

You tilt your head, wondering who he was talking about. Hyunsuk, who was beside you also seemed confuse as to why everyone looked so tense in the kitchen.

You were about to step further into the kitchen when suddenly, Junkyu said—

“Y/n is annoying,”

You immediately stopped your foot from advancing. Your eyes lift up to see Yedam, Jihoon, Doyoung and Mashiho all staring at you, fear clearly showing on their faces because this time, they all realised you were directly behind Junkyu. Which meant…you clearly heard what he had said.

Suddenly, you saw Jihoon bursting out in laughter. “HAHAHAHAA very funny Junkyu! Look at you! What a horrible joke to make!” he laughed.

You took a deep breath, thinking maybe they were pulling a prank on you.

You opened your mouth to say something, but before you could say anything, Junkyu had already spoken up again—

“No, I wasn’t kidding! Y/n really is annoying. She’s a bother—”

“HYUNG STOP!” Yedam yelled, noticing how your expression changed drastically the moment you heard Junkyu’s words this time.

Hyunsuk immediately placed his hand on your shoulder, feeling shocked. But right now, he was more worried about you because you heard it all.

The air felt heavy in the kitchen…everyone going silent for a few seconds.

And then slowly, Junkyu turned around, his eyes meeting yours.

“Y-y/n…” he said, his voice slightly shaking now.

You stood there quietly, your fingers fiddling with the paper bag in your hand.

You blinked a couple times, your gaze slowly avoiding his. What is this feeling you’re having right now? Why does your chest hurt so bad?

Junkyu could hear his own heartbeat sounds ringing in his ears. He felt bad. He felt really bad. He saw how you slowly looked away from him, making him feel even worst.

Junkyu couldn’t handle the heavy tension going on in the kitchen so he immediately dashes out of the kitchen, leaving everyone else behind him.

You felt his presence leave you, as he passes by you. You bit your lower lip, holding in the tears that were forming in your eyes now.

Everyone else exchanged glances with one another, wondering what they should do now.

Mashiho switched off the stove, knowing that he should at least save their meals from getting burnt since he had a feeling that what had happened would take up some time to be solved.

Yedam lets out a heavy sigh, deciding to approach you since you wouldn’t stop staring at the paper bag in your hands now.

“Damn,” Jihoon muttered to himself as he tossed the knife that he had been holding since just now. He shook his head as he made his way to leave the kitchen.

As he passed by Hyunsuk, his hyung raised a hand, implying him to stop.

“What is it, hyung?” Jihoon said in an exasperated tone.

“Go easy on him,” Hyunsuk adviced, knowing that Jihoon would definitely go to console his best friend.

“Hm.” Jihoon hummed as he nods. He leaves the kitchen, not sparing a glance at you.

 *

 Treasure Dorm #1 (Junkyu’s Room)

Junkyu closed the door behind him. He started breathing raggedly, his breaths uncontrollable by now. Is he having a panic attack right now?

He tried to walk towards his bed, but instead, his legs failed him. He ended up kneeling on the floor instead, trying to catch his breath.

He kept imagining the pained look you gave him earlier. He knew, he had hurt you. He had hurt you bad. He messed up badly this time.

Junkyu clenched his fists, his chest hurting, his head throbbing. He felt pain all over. Why? Why did he have to utter all those nonsense about you? He didn’t mean all of it. He really didn’t. He cares about you.

Junkyu lets out a soft sob, unable to hold his tears this time. He felt his tears streaming down his cheeks by now.

“Junkyu!” He heard Jihoon’s voice calling his name.

Jihoon hurriedly closed the door behind him, quickly approaching his best friend who was close to collapsing onto the floor.

Jihoon wrapped his arms around Junkyu, pulling his best friend up to his feet, dragging him over towards the bed.

Once he had made sure Junkyu was already sitting comfortably on the bed, Jihoon sat down on the floor, facing Junkyu.

Junkyu covered his face with his hands, softly sobbing into them.

“Junkyu…”

“Stop. Please, stop. I know. I know,” he said, his sobs getting louder.

Jihoon placed his hand onto Junkyu’s knee, patting it gently. He couldn’t bear watching Junkyu cry like this. It’s rare enough to see Junkyu cry about something but right now, seeing him as a sobbing mess, Jihoon couldn’t help but sympathise him.

“I hurt her, hyung. I hurt her. I’m a horrible person!” Junkyu tried to speak up this time, his sobs a little under control now.

Jihoon shook his head. “No, no Junkyu. You’re not a bad person. You slipped, that’s all. Okay? You didn’t mean what you said, did you?”

Junkyu wiped the tear streaks on his face with the back of his hand. He shook his head furiously, “No way! I don’t! I really don’t. I just—I was just upset when Yedam said Chani and y/n looked like a couple…I…I don’t want to have to picture them being together, hyung!”

“I know, I know…” Jihoon answered softly, his hand still patting Junkyu’s knee gently.

“Hyung….how do I fix this…? Y/n must hate me right now,”

“No…she wouldn’t, okay? Y/n is a nice person, she wouldn’t hate you in one day,” Jihoon assured his best friend.

Junkyu shook his head again. “No! She would, she deserves to hate me!”

Junkyu took a deep breath, trying to control his own ragged breathing.

Pushing his hair to the back with one hand, Junkyu continued, “I told you…I told you, didn’t I? That liking her would bring us something like this,”

“Junkyu, there’s nothing wrong with you liking y/n, okay?”

“No, hyung! You know this. You can see it too, right?”

Junkyu lets out another heavy sigh.

“Yah…Kim Junkyu…it’s all gonna be alright, get it?”

Junkyu kept quiet for a while, sniffling once or twice. He contemplated for a while before asking his hyung another question.

“You said last time that you had a feeling that someone would like y/n among us, and you said that you knew who it was going to be, right??”

Jihoon nodded, remembering the talk they had after you all had that first lunch-meet with y/n.

“That person…who was it?” Junkyu’s eyes were now staring into Jihoon’s.

“I—” Jihoon lets out a sigh. “What are you talking about? Of course it’s you! Why do you think I keep pushing you to talk to her? Why do I keep teasing you about y/n? I even made sure y/n sits opposite you most of the time whenever we eat together, just so you both could stare at each other’s faces,”

Junkyu wiped his tear-stained eyes again. “W-what?” he sniffled.

“Duh! The moment we first met y/n, I had a feeling you both were attracted to each other. You both just needed a little push, that’s all.” Jihoon was no longer patting his best friend’s knee now, seeing that he had stopped crying.

“Hyung…”

“Aigoo! Look at you, crying like this. Yah, how are you going to face y/n later?” Jihoon chuckled softly, teasing Junkyu.

“Y-yah. I’m still handsome,”

“Pfft, yeah sure. Tell that to your red nose and puffy eyes,”

Junkyu swallowed the invisible lump in his throat, a small smile creeping on his lips as he succumbed to Jihoon’s teasing.

Jihoon lets out a sigh.

“Hyung…can I ask you a question?”

“Hm? What is it?”

“You see it too, right?

“See what?”

Junkyu clicked his tongue. “Tsk, you know, hyung. I know, you know.”

“Junkyu I don’t have time for your out-of-the-world curiosity,” Jihoon said as he shook his head.

“Aw come on hyung. You know. You know…that I’m not the only one who likes y/n, right?”

“Duhh, of course! It’s you and that Chani kid,”

Junkyu shook his head again. “No. Someone else. Someone else in our group.”

Jihoon’s eyes widened. “W-what?”

And as if on cue, Junkyu’s bedroom door opened.

Both of them turned to see—Hyunsuk entering, closing the door right after.

“Hyunsuk-hyung.” Both Junkyu and Jihoon said at the same time.

 *

 Treasure Dorm #1 (Kitchen)

When Jihoon left the kitchen to go console Junkyu who had stormed off, Yedam and Hyunsuk stayed by your side to make sure you were okay.

You were still staring at the paper bag in your hand.

You had planned to return Junkyu’s shirt today, and maybe talk to him. It’s funny how you sort of miss him, when in reality, the both of you usually only made small talk with each other.

“Y/n, I…” Yedam tried to speak, but then he stopped. He shook his head. He wouldn’t know how to fix this right now. All that he knew was that you must have felt sad after hearing what his hyung said earlier.

Hyunsuk pulled you closer to him, wrapping one arm around you, causing you to lean your head against his shoulder.

“I’m so sorry y/n” he whispered to you.

Yedam stood still beside the both of you, his face still showing concern over you. He should have stopped Junkyu much earlier, he thought.

Doyoung and Mashiho, who were still near the kitchen stove too, watched over you, not continuing their cooking.

You tried your best to not feel sad, you didn’t want your friends to worry over you too much. But how? You still felt the sharp pain in your chest, and you know it’s not a heart attack that you’re having right now.

You let yourself lean comfortably in Hyunsuk’s arm that was wrapped around you, and without realising, a tear flowed down your cheek.

“Y/n,” Yedam said in a sad tone when he noticed you crying.

Hyunsuk immediately wrapped both his arms around you, hugging you close to him. “Shh, shh, I’m so sorry. I’m so sorry y/n,”

You closed your eyes and you felt your tears wetting your cheeks even more now. Crap. You’re crying now.

Yedam looked around the room, noticing that both Doyoung and Mashiho were looking super sad as they watched you silently crying in Hyunsuk’s arms.

“I…I just…” You said softly.

“Hm? What is it, y/n?” Hyunsuk leaned close to you, wanting to hear what you were saying clearly.

“I just…” you stopped to swallow a silent sob before continuing, “I just wanted to see him…I just wanted to return his shirt, that’s all. I didn’t know…that all these while I was annoying him,” your voice straining as you said the final words that pained you.

Hyunsuk and Yedam exchanged glances with each other.

After a few minutes of silently sobbing, you slowly lifted your head from Hyunsuk’s embrace, making him releasing his arms from you gently.

You wiped your tears and took a deep breath. “Hyunsuk,”

“Yes?”

“Could you help me return this to him?” you asked, as you pushed the paper bag in your hand to his.

“N-now?”

“Anytime works. I…I don’t think I should see him for now. He’s…clearly annoyed with me being here,” you said half-jokingly. You tried to giggle when you said this, but it only made you sound even sadder than you look right now.

Hyunsuk held onto the bag that you gave him. “Sure. I’ll give it to him. Don’t worry, he’s not annoyed with you, I’m sure of that,” he said, trying to assure you.

You chuckled softly. “Clearly he is, but it’s okay.”

You took a deep breath and pushed your hair behind your ears. Forcing yourself to smile at your friends, you tried your best to sound okay when you said, “So, you both making lunch today?” You asked Doyoung and Mashiho that had been staring at you.

“Uhh, ah yeah. We’re making kimchi jjigae…” Doyoung answered you.

“Smells good,”

“Thanks,” Doyoung said as he nodded slightly towards you.

Mashiho turned towards the stove again, “We’ll resume cooking, alright? And then we’ll all eat together.” Mashiho turned to look at you, flashing his warm smile at you.

You smiled a small smile and nodded.

“Yedamie, you take y/n to the living room, okay? Let her rest up there. I’m gonna go check on Junkyu for a bit,” Hyunsuk said to Yedam.

“Okay, hyung.”

Hyunsuk leaned down close to you, his face levelling with yours. He stroked your cheek with one hand and said to you gently, “I’m gonna go first, okay? Don’t cry no more. It’s gonna be okay.”

You stared into his eyes for a couple seconds before nodding slowly.

And with that, Hyunsuk left the kitchen, your paper bag consisting of Junkyu’s shirt in his hand.

Yedam linked his arm around yours, “Come on y/n. Let’s rest up in the living room, okay?”

 *

Treasure Dorm #1 (Living Room)

Now, bringing you to the living room isn’t really the best idea as of the moment—

Why?

Well, you see, the moment Yedam and you approached the rest of the kids who were in the living room, they were all shocked to see your tear-stained face and flushed complexion.

Unlike the rest who were busy gaping over what they were seeing, Junghwan immediately got up on his feet and rushed over to you.

“Noona! What happened? Why…? Did you cry earlier??”

“Shh, let y/n sit first,” Yedam said softly to the maknae.

Haruto got up from his seat on the sofa and pointed towards the seat, telling you to sit there.

You were still in a daze after your crying earlier so you simply complied with whatever they told you to do.

Finally sitting down, you leaned back against the cushion behind you.

Yoshi, who was sitting closely beside Jeongwoo and Jaehyuk after helping them clean up earlier, decided to go to the kitchen to get you some water since you looked restless at the moment.

Asahi, who was seated beside you right now, turned to look at you—his usual expressionless face showing.

“So…what exactly happened…” Jeongwoo said slowly.

Yedam sat down on the floor, close to the boy asking the question and lets out a sigh.

“Something…happened in the kitchen.”

“Like…?”

“Just…something.” Yedam answered simply.

“That’s not very helpful Yedam,” Jaehyuk said this time. “How are we supposed to know what happened if you don’t tell us,”

You bit your lower lip as you felt it quivering again. It’s all happening again. You could still hear Junkyu’s voice in the back of your head, even when you’re shutting your eyes right now.

“Y/n is annoying.”

Your chest felt tight once again. You opened your eyes and sat up straight, surprising the rest who were still prodding Yedam to tell them what happened.

You stood up from the sofa and looked around you. The faces of your friends showing a mixture of concern and confusion.

You shook your head. “I…I think I’ll leave now,”

You were about to leave but then Yedam quickly grabs your hand. “Y/n? Aren’t you joining us for lunch?”

You shook your head slowly. “Maybe next time, okay?” you said, your voice shaking now. You looked at Yedam, your eyes glossy with tears that you were trying to hold back.

“Y/n…”

“It’s okay! I’m okay!” You said as you faked a laugh.

Yedam hesitantly lets go of your hand. He didn’t want you to go. But he also didn’t want to force you.

You quickly walked towards the house entrance, not looking back and immediately grabbing your shoes in your hand, as you leave the front door.

Yedam lets out a heavy sigh once you were gone from their sight.

“Hyung, what happened…?” Haruto asked this time.

Yedam sighs again before saying, “I’ll tell you all about it in a bit. I need to go tell Hyunsuk-hyung that Y/n left,”

 *

 Treasure’s Dorm #1 (Front door)

The moment you stepped out of their dorm, the door shutting behind you, you walked as fast as you could, hoping that you’ll be far enough from them for now.

It was at least few metres away from their dorm’s door that you stopped to lean your side against the wall of the corridor to control your breathing.

You felt out of breath because you had been holding in your tears, and now…it’s just hurting you.

Slowly, your shoulder still resting against the wall, you slide down to your feet. By now you’re already kneeling on the floor with your palm holding onto the wall for support.

A loud sob escaped your lips. Ah crap. Now you’re starting to cry out the tears you’ve been holding in. And you’re doing it in public too.

But could you blame yourself for being this sad and dramatic?

“Y/n is annoying.”

You shook your head, trying to stop yourself from hearing to those words over again.

Is this your first time being called annoying? Maybe. But would you care if anyone called you annoying? No.

Then why was this hurting you too much?

Was it because you thought that Junkyu and you were finally becoming friends?

You thought the both of you were already clicking. You thought….that maybe, Junkyu had liked being friends with you. He was more open with you recently…then why? Why did he say that about you?

You thought…ah, that’s right.

You thought.

You kept thinking that everything was working out fine with you both. You’ve never clearly thought if Junkyu himself was enjoying being friends with you.

You swallowed your sob, wiping your tears with the back of your hand.

“Silly me. He’s clearly annoyed with me all this while. He’s just too nice to say it to my face,” you muttered to yourself.

You blinked and again you felt your tears wet your cheeks.

You’re starting to feel annoyed with yourself too by now, considering you wouldn’t stop crying.

Why are you this sad?? You shook your head softly. Could it be…that you have some feelings for him? Have you caught feelings for Junkyu and yet you never realised it?

You pushed your hair back and took a deep breath, trying to stop yourself from crying again.

Slowly, you got up on your feet and tried to stand up properly now.

You should just hurry and return to your apartment unit, you thought. Maybe make yourself a cup of warm drink and just calm yourself down.

And just as you stepped forward, you suddenly felt a pair of arms pulling you from behind.

The arms hugged your waist tightly, and you felt the back of your head resting against someone’s chest.

The familiar voice said to you softly, “You’re not annoying. You were never annoying. He’s stupid to think of you that way.”

You then felt yourself being hugged closer by the boy behind you. “You…you’re so nice to us. You don’t deserve to be told as annoying at all,” he added, sounding upset.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasuremembers #alltreasuremembers #JunKyu #kim junkyu #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #treasurefanfic #treasurefic

[sandwichrin]

A Little into You (Junkyu x Reader) (Ch. 24)

Chapter 24 - Cooldown

Word count: 4.3k words

Genre: Fanfiction, PG13, Comedy, Romance.

A/N: Hi! Just posting this here before I get ready for my presentation later :’) thank you for the love and support y’all <3

Hyunsuk closed the door behind him and saw both his dongsaengs staring at him with surprised looks on their faces.

“Hyunsuk-hyung,” the both of them said at the same time.

“Uhh, yeah, it’s me,” Hyunsuk said reluctantly, noticing that they both were still staring at him like as if he was some sort of alien entering the room.

Hyunsuk approached the both of them, sitting next to Jihoon on the floor, opposite Junkyu.

“Hey, you okay?” he asked Junkyu.

Junkyu nodded abruptly.

“That’s good then…right then, this is for you,” Hyunsuk said as he handed the paper bag in his hands to Junkyu.

“What’s this?”

“Your shirt. Y/n wanted to return it to you today,”

Junkyu grabbed the bag. Slowly, he opened the bag and sees his shirt folded neatly into a small fold. He pulled the shirt out of the bag, unravelling it from its fold.

The shirt smelled of warm cotton and semi-sweet citrus scent, Junkyu noted, also reminding him of you.

“Wow, that’s actually a nice scent. I wonder what detergent y/n uses,” Jihoon spoke up.

“Yeah it is…like her…” Junkyu said softly.

Hyunsuk lets out a groan as he stretched his arms upwards, relieving them from the stress and tension earlier.

Junkyu was about to keep the shirt into the paper bag when he noticed a small note inside it. He shakes the bag to let the note out.

Picking the note up, he read it out for them all to hear.

“Dear Junkyu, thank you for lending me your shirt. I’ve washed and pressed it so don’t worry, I promise you it wasn’t harmed or soiled in any way! Also, thank you…for accompanying me to my floor the other day. I was glad that we bumped into each other. I hope to talk more with you, and maybe hang out with you more often. Junkyu-aa, let’s be great friends! –Y/n”

Junkyu frowned at the note after reading it. “Silly…you’re making me feel even worse. You were looking forward to being friends with me…and here I am, hurting your feelings,” Junkyu mumbled to himself.

Jihoon and Hyunsuk exchanged glances with each other.

“Hey…what gives, though? Why’d you say all those stuff about y/n though?” Hyunsuk asked.

Junkyu places the note beside himself. He looked down at his fingers and fiddled with it for a while, unsure on how he is going to explain to his hyung about what happened.

“Uhh, Junkyu didn’t mean it though. He doesn’t think y/n is annoying. Right, Junkyu?” Jihoon spoke up, wanting to help his friend.

“Okay, but regardless of how he truly thinks of her—what made him spew out those words earlier? You do know that y/n heard it all, right?”

Junkyu blinked a couple times, and slowly he lifts his head up to look at his hyung in front of him.

“I…” he stopped. He shook his head. “I’m sorry, hyung.”

Hyunsuk lets out a sigh. “I’m not the one who needs to hear the apology, Junkyu. It’s Y/n.”

“I-I know. I just…hyung, I didn’t mean to. I really don’t,” Junkyu said, his voice sounding thin now.

Both Jihoon and Hyunsuk could tell that Junkyu was holding in his tears right now.

Hyunsuk didn’t want to be the one that makes Junkyu cry again, since he was pretty sure Junkyu had cried a handful before he came in—judging on his puffy eyes.

Hyunsuk reached out his hand to pat Junkyu’s knee, “Look, Junkyu. I’m not trying to put you down right now but…you should know, y/n cried because of what you said.” Hyunsuk paused as he noticed both Junkyu and Jihoon’s expressions changed. “And I’ll be honest, watching y/n cry kinda pains me, you know? So if you please—tell me why you’d say all those things if you don’t mean it?”

Jihoon glances at his best friend, giving him a nod.

Junkyu nodded back at Jihoon, realising that this time, he’d have to come clean.

“I…Hyung, I…Look, hyung,” Junkyu tried to speak but he couldn’t really form his sentences correctly because he was starting to feel nervous on what he was about to say.

“Aigoo Junkyu, just tell him.” Jihoon interrupted.

“Alright, alright.” Junkyu sat up straight and looked directly at Hyunsuk. “I was upset…when Yedam said Y/n and Chani looked like a couple.”

Hyunsuk kept quiet. He lifts his finger and scratched his chin before saying, “…and?”

“What do you mean, ‘and’?? I said all those things because I didn’t like how Yedam said y/n was probably dating Chani, hyung,”

“Junkyu, you do realise that that’s absurd right?” Hyunsuk chuckled. “Besides, Yedamie was probably joking,”

Junkyu shook his head profusely. “No, hyung. The rest were also agreeing with him!”

“Hey, hey. Chill it, I didn’t agree with him, you heard me.” Jihoon said, defending himself.

“Hyung…you’d understand why I lashed out. Sure, I was annoyed with Chani but—” Junkyu stopped himself, taking in some air before continuing, “but I might have accidentally lashed out towards Y/n…”

Hyunsuk shook his head and rubbed his forehead.

“I don’t know, Junkyu. I just feel like—”

“How could I not? He was clinging onto her every single day. And I had to watch them, every day, hyung. You would understand. I know you would,”

“Wait…are you saying you’re…jealous of Chani being close with Y/n?”

Junkyu’s eyes were teary again. He felt his face warming up, holding in the frustration that he had been keeping all this while from seeing you spending time with Chani.

“Junkyu, it’s okay, take deep breaths,” Jihoon reminded him.

Junkyu swallowed the lump in his throat. He looked down at his hands again. Is he about to say this? Even when he knows how Hyunsuk feels about you?

“Hyung…I like Y/n,” he said slowly.

Hyunsuk’s eyes widened slightly. “What?”

Jihoon scooted himself further from the both of them, deciding that it’s best if he doesn’t get involve with the discussion any further because it seems like it’s between the both of them now.

Junkyu nodded his head, his eyes still not looking at Hyunsuk.

“I—Junkyu…Are you sure?” Hyunsuk asked him back.

“I am. I like her. I really do,”

Hyunsuk closed his eyes and rubbed them.

Opening his eyes again, he said, “Yah, Kim Junkyu, what were you thinking?? If you like her, why’d you hurt her like that?!”

Junkyu was taken aback at how Hyunsuk was sounding right now.

Is Hyunsuk-hyung mad at him?

“Hyung, listen—” Junkyu began to say.

“If you like someone, you should treat them nicely, Junkyu.” Hyunsuk interrupts him.

Junkyu nodded in agreement, “I know! But hyung—”

“I don’t get why you would make her cry like that! Junkyu, I—” he paused. He shook his head again. “Listen to me, okay? You are going to apologise to y/n, and you’re going to start treating her like a person who really does like her, get it? If you like her, don’t go running around making her confused about it.”

“Hyung…”

“If you don’t watch yourself, you might lose her. I’m telling you, Junkyu, it could happen.”

“Hyung. I can’t…”

Hyunsuk scoffed at this. “Why not? You like her, don’t you? Then let her know about it Junkyu-aa,”

“I can’t! Not when I know you like her too!” Junkyu said louder this time, shocking both Hyunsuk and Jihoon.

Hyunsuk’s eyes widened. He fell silent.

“Why…why do you think I was holding back? I see how you look at her hyung. How you talk about her, how you worry about her. What makes you think none of us would notice it?! I just kept quiet about it because I figured at the time that you deserve her more than I do. I chose to like her just this way. I never chose to let her know about it. But you…you showed her affection.”

Hyunsuk wiped the single tear that flowed down his right cheek.

“And so hyung, I know. I’m not dense. We live in the same dorm for goodness’s sake. I saw how you squealed to yourself when you noticed y/n’s profile picture on the chat app changed that one time too.”

Hyunsuk felt his cheeks burn up. “Y-you saw that?”

Junkyu gave him a look, one of his eyebrows raised. “Please, hyung. Your bedroom door was slightly ajar that time. And you literally squealed ‘Ahh y/n changed her display picture! She looks so cute!!’”

Jihoon lets out a snicker behind Hyunsuk, finding it how funny it sounds when Junkyu tried to imitate Hyunsuk.

Hyunsuk pouts at this. “Yah. You didn’t have to re-enact what I did though. It’s embarrassing enough that you know I like her,”

Junkyu’s lips curled upward slightly, amused by his hyung’s shy behaviour.

“So…what do we do now?” Jihoon asked.

“Well…” Junkyu said, not finishing his sentence.

There was a moment of silence in the room, Hyunsuk looking down at his feet as he tries to think of what to say.

Jihoon watched as both Junkyu and Hyunsuk stared into space, trying to think of a way to not make a mess out of this.

Slowly, Hyunsuk lifts up his head to look at the guy in front of him. He opens his mouth to say, “I think Junkyu should just come clean about how he feels towards y/n. No more pushing her away, no lashing out on her, no more scowling at her whenever someone mentions Chani’s name,”

Junkyu raised both his eyebrows.

“But hyung…does that mean…” Jihoon said.

Hyunsuk chuckled softly, his eyes looking down again for a second.

He thought, that even if he would lose you to someone…it would be better if he lost to Junkyu. Who was he to bluff to himself? He saw how you cried over Junkyu. You looked…heartbroken. Maybe, maybe it’s best to let Junkyu be with you instead…

Hyunsuk got up on his feet and walked towards Junkyu. He places a hand on Junkyu’s shoulder. “Yeah. I’m giving Junkyu the chance to…pursue y/n.”

“Hyung…” Jihoon said, a sad tone in his voice.

“I mean, I may have liked her first but Junkyu may have like her more than I do. I mean look at you! You literally cried over her!” Hyunsuk said as he forced out a laugh.

Junkyu pushed his hyung’s hand off his shoulder, embarrassed by what he said.

“Y-yah! You would cry too if you knew you hurt her like I did!”

“Sure, sure,” Hyunsuk smiled meekly at him. “But you better watch your back, Junkyu. If you hurt her again, I might just swoop in and take her away from you,” he added in a joking tone.

--Nope, he isn’t joking though.

“I get it, I get it. Don’t threaten me that way.”

“Now get up and go apologise to y/n for goodness’s sake,” he urged.

“Alright, alright. I’ll get up now,” Junkyu said as he gets up from his bed.

“And hyung,” Junkyu says, making Hyunsuk turn to him again.

“Thank you.”

Hyunsuk smiles at him and pats his back. “Don’t worry about me,” he was also saying this as a mental note to himself—not to worry too much about what’s happening now.

Junkyu nods his head and walks up towards his door.

Strangely, he remembered Hyunsuk-hyung closing the door when he entered. But the door was opened slightly right now. Junkyu pulled the knob on the door to open it wider, and there stood Yedam with a startled expression on his face.

“Yedam?”

“I uh, I didn’t mean to eavesdrop. I just didn’t want to interrupt you all. Your conversation sounded important so I uh,” Yedam shakes his head realising that his explanation wasn’t important right now. “Okay, no, I didn’t come here for this.”

Junkyu tilts his head slightly.

“Hyung! Y/n left!” he said, a slight hitch to his voice.

“What?!” All the three who were in the room said.

 *

 Treasure Dorm #1 (Living Room)

It had only been a minute or two after Yedam left the living room to go tell the leaders about you leaving but Junghwan was already growing impatient.

What happened? Why did you look so sad? Did someone yell at you? But that was impossible, if someone did yell, he would’ve heard it, no?

Junghwan got up from where he was sitting and decided to just head towards the kitchen. Maybe he’d be able to get the answers to what was going on from there quicker.

 Treasure Dorm #1 (Kitchen)

“Maybe he was just joking…” Yoshi said to Mashiho, who was still stirring the almost-boiling soup with the wooden ladle in his left hand.

Mashiho shrugged at his hyung. “I’m not so sure, either. He just sounded upset, that’s all,”

Doyoung shook his head at the both of them. “He didn’t just sound upset, he looked upset too,”

Yoshi hummed in response, a little confused on how their ever so cheerful Junkyu would lash out like that.

Doyoung grabbed the white bowl he had prepared earlier and approached Mashiho who was already tasting the jjigae by now.

By the time Mashiho turned off the stove in front of him, the three of them heard footsteps entering the kitchen.

“Oh? Junghwan!” Yoshi greeted the maknae who had just entered.

Junghwan smiled a little at his hyungs.

Yoshi was then suddenly reminded of why he had gone to the kitchen in the first place. “Ah! I almost forgot!” He rushed to pick up a clean glass and poured some water into it.

He walked over towards Junghwan and handed the glass over to the maknae, “Junghwan, could you pass this to y/n? I totally forgot about it, I’m so sorry,”

Junghwan received the glass of water in his hands and stared at it for a while.

“Junghwan? Are you okay?” Doyoung asked this time, noticing their youngest brother looking somewhat troubled.

Junghwan lets out a sigh and places the glass of water onto the table in front of him. “Hyung…noona left our house already.”

“What?” Yoshi asked, surprised.

Mashiho and Doyoung looked at each other briefly before turning their attention back to Junghwan.

“Someone…please…tell me what happened. Y/n-noona looked so sad I just—I couldn’t bear watching her like that. She’s never looked that sad before. Never once she looked that sad throughout the time we’ve known her.”

“Junghwan-aa, it’s none of our concern, okay? What happened was between Junkyu-hyung and Y/n, okay?” Doyoung assured the maknae.

Mashiho nods at this. “Yup, we should just give them time to work things out. I don’t think we should meddle with what happened,”

“So…it was something that Junkyu-hyung did?” Junghwan probed.

“No, no. He didn’t do anything to her. He just…said some stuff.”

“Tsk. You guys are sounding like Yedam-hyung now. He wouldn’t tell us what happened too.”

Yoshi approached Junghwan and pats his back. “Now, now. Junghwan-aa don’t worry too much, okay? Of course we’ll tell you what happened.”

“Then tell me!” Junghwan said, his voice raising, making his hyungs startled.

“Junghwan…” Doyoung said.

“What did Junkyu-hyung say to Y/n-noona, hyung??”

All three of the elder members in the kitchen exchanged looks with one another. Should they even tell him what went down?

 *

 (Apartment Block / 16th Floor)

Junghwan rushed out of Hyunsuk-hyung’s dorm, struggling to put on his shoes as he hurried out the door.

His heart was beating fast as his pace quickens through the hallway of the apartment’s corridor.

She couldn’t have gone far, could she?

Junghwan headed towards the path that leads towards the elevators.

As he was slowing down, thinking you might have left for good, he saw a figure not too far at the end of the corridor.

Could that be y/n-noona?

Junghwan decided to run towards the figure to make sure—making him almost trip from his untied shoelaces.

Junghwan looked down at his shoes and grumbled to himself for forgetting to tie the laces up.

He knelt down and hurriedly ties up his laces, his eyes looking up to make sure the figure not leaving the spot not far from him.

“Junkyu-hyung…might have said something that made y/n cry…”, he remembered Mashiho-hyung saying to him earlier, although he looked reluctant in telling Junghwan about it.

Junghwan stood up and proceeds speed-walking towards the figure, and soon enough as he was getting close, he realised it was indeed you.

He stopped in his tracks, realising that you were kneeling on the ground. He could hear the faint sobs coming from you.

“Junkyu-hyung was upset you see, and he kind of…said y/n is annoying,”

“Junghwan! Where are you going?? Come back here!”

“Junghwan-aa! It’s not our business to meddle!”

His hyung’s voices echoed in his ears as he recalled what they said to him. How they reacted when they saw him slamming his palm onto the table and leaving the kitchen in a rush.

“Y/n-noona…is not annoying…” he muttered to himself as his footsteps slowly approached you.

He was really near now. Your back was facing him.

Even from your back, he could tell you were wiping away your tears by now. He heard you take a sharp breath in and releasing it before you slowly got up on your feet.

He realised that you were leaving now.

If he lets you go, would he get to see you again after this? What if you decided to not get close with them anymore? Would he lose you completely then? That’s not possible, right? He felt closest with you, his favourite noona. There’s no way…you would stop talking to him, right?

Junghwan’s thoughts were running around in circles by now. And by the time he noticed you were already stepping forward from your spot, he didn’t think any further before pulling you into his arms from behind.

He hugged your waist, his chin resting above your head. He could smell the faint smell of your strawberry-yogurt shampoo from this angle.

He felt your body stiffened and he realised that he should say something now, just in case you might think of him as a creep harassing her.

“You’re not annoying. You were never annoying. He’s stupid to think of you that way.”

He hugged you tighter now, feeling your sadness seep through his vein now that he could hear your loud heartbeats.

“You…you’re so nice to us. You don’t deserve to be told as annoying at all,” he added, a sad tone emitting from his mouth.

Junghwan felt your body eased into his arms, no longer stiff from the sudden action he did. He felt your hand resting on his, patting him gently now.

“Junghwan…is that you…?” You asked him softly.

Junghwan nods behind you, his chin bopping your head as he does this.

You slowly released yourself from his embrace, turning around to face him.

The both of you were surprised to see each other, noticing how the both of you looked like you were close to crying.

You held Junghwan’s hands in yours and looked at it as you said, “Your hands are so cold. It’s windy nowadays. Why didn’t you put on your hoodie or jacket?”

“Noona…are you thinking of leaving us for good?” He asked back, ignoring your question.

You chuckled softly and sniffled before answering him, “What? What do you mean by that?”

“You’re…you’re not annoying noona! You’re not! You’re the best noona I’ve ever known. Please don’t leave us.”

“Junghwan…I’m not—”

Junghwan interrupts you again, “No. Promise me. Promise you won’t,” he paused as he looks down and you noticed teardrops falling onto the floor.

“Junghwan…”

“I was so happy I met you. Every day you would text me telling me to take care and eat well. And when I have some songs that I started practicing, you would always respond honestly whenever I send you voice notes.” Junghwan shakes his head before continuing, “Everyday—every day I would always tell you what happened at school, what I ate, what I did. You would always check up on me too! How can I—How can I even imagine to lose you and not have you talking to me ever again??”

This time, it was Junghwan who was sobbing.

You felt your eyes tear up again, seeing him cry. You wrapped your arms around his tall figure and hugged him. You rubbed his back gently.

“Junghwan…are you crazy? Why would I ever risk losing what we had? You’re my favourite dongsaeng too. You were the only person who texted me back and forth every single time too, every single day,” you giggled softly as your tears flowed down your cheeks. “Thank you, Junghwan. For being such a great dongsaeng,” you whispered to him.

Junghwan hugged you tightly and sobbed harder. “I love you, noona. I’m so sorry Junkyu-hyung said those things to you. They’re not true, I’m telling you,”

You shook your head. “It’s fine. Even if it’s true, it’s okay,”

You let go of him, making him release you from his arms as well.

You looked up at his face and cooed, “Aigoo. Look at this poor baby. You cried so hard,” you wiped his tears with your hands and he chuckles at your mother-like tone.

“You cried too, noona,” he said as he wiped the stray teardrop on your chin.

You giggled slightly. “Now…I’d like to head home and drink some warm tea.”

Junghwan hurriedly gripped onto your sleeve.

“Hm? What is it?”

“Um…I uh…”

“You wanna come along?” You asked him.

Junghwan nods at you and you smiled softly at him.

“Alright then. Let’s get ourselves warmed up, okay? It’s chilly out here!” You said as started walking towards the elevators, with Junghwan tagging behind you.

 *

 (YGE Building / Monday)

The weekend passed by with a swift. In the sum of those two days, you’ve received endless texts from the Treasure members, most of them checking up on you, some making small chat with you, and you responded to all of them. Well, all…except one.

“Y/n…I’m so sorry…”

Those were the words that you received from Junkyu, and yet you still haven’t replied to it.

Why?

Well, you were obviously still disheartened by the fact that he had called you annoying in front of your friends and yet he had the heart to apologise with such a short text??

What you didn’t know was that Junkyu had numerously convinced his hyungs that he prefers to talk over matters like this face-to-face when they urged him to apologise to you properly. He wasn’t the type to talk about these things through the phone, obviously. This is way too important for him to simply just say over the phone. He told himself that he would find a way to talk to you when Monday comes.

And that day has finally came, today.

You covered your mouth with your hand as you yawned silently, your heels clacking as you walked towards the main meeting room on the 5th floor now.

The tutor sessions have finally ended and now you’re back to working with your Comms Team from your own company, and truthfully, you were glad to see the people from your own company’s team again.

As you stepped into the door, you were greeted with a smile from your Team Leader, Soomin.

Your smile widened when you saw her. Gosh, how much you’ve missed your team leader. Working with her was so much fun compared to you being a mentor, you thought to yourself.

You pulled out a chair from the large meeting table, sitting yourself comfortably as you wait for the rest of the team to arrive.

You heard the chair next to you being pulled.

You turned around and saw Chani sitting himself beside you, a serious look on his face.

You shrugged to yourself, as you realised that this was one of those rare times Chani actually looked focused and serious in his job. It could also be because Bomin was in the meeting room too, though.

You were about to focus back to the front of the room when suddenly you felt a tap on your shoulder.

“Hm? What is it, Chani?”

“You look…different today. Did you change something?” he whispered as he leaned in close to you.

“What? No. I mean, I guess I did change my lip colour today—” you said as you turned to face him.

“Nah, it’s not that,” he said. He stared at you for a couple seconds before saying, “Hmm. Your complexion looks different. Are you sick?”

You shook your head. “No, silly. I’m fine,” you giggled slightly.

Chani leaned back into his chair, crossing his arms. “Hmm…but you do look different…”

You rolled your eyes at him and smiled at his paranoia.

“Wait—I got it. Have you been crying?”

Your smile faded immediately.

Seeing how your expression fell when he mentioned this, he knew he was right.

“Heyy, what’s up? What happened? What made you cry this much?” His tone softened.

“Is it that obvious?” You asked him back.

“Well. Your eyes looked kind of puffy, and they were sparkling differently today too,”

You looked away from his eyes, noticing he was scanning your face now. You didn’t want to tell him what happened, especially since you were sure you would start crying all over again.

And to make things worse, you knew you’re still sad from what happened. Not only because he called you annoying, not because he said sorry so casually over text; but because you knew, for sure, that you’re catching feelings for this guy and yet he’s probably tired of seeing you around him and his friends all the time.

You were about to let yourself delve back into the bitter memory of how you and Junkyu spent time talking back then when Bomin’s voice brought you back to reality.

“Alright. Since everyone’s here, shall we start with our agenda for today? Would someone care to recite the minutes from the previous meeting?” Bomin said as he looked around the room.

You took a deep breath and pulled yourself back to focus on the meeting. You have to stay focused today. After all, your job was the only way for you to distract yourself from thinking about him.

 To be continued…

#ALIY #sandwichrin #treasure #treasure fanfic #TREASURE IMAGINE #ygtreasure #treasure members #all treasure members #alltreasuremembers #treasuremembers #kim junkyu #kimjunkyu #kim junkyu x reader #kimjunkyu x reader #junkyu x reader #junkyu scenarios